俱舍論 破執我Abhidharmakośabhāṣya · Refutation of the Grasped Self

〔T29 0152b23〕
心要Essence

全論八品講『有哪些法』,講到極細;最後這一品只做一件事——在那一大堆法裡指出:沒有一個我。沒有本頌,通篇對辯,從犢子部一路破到數論勝論,末後三頌勸學而全書終。

一句話:這一品不是在證明『我不存在』,是在逐一拿掉「我」所能站的每一塊地——現量沒有它的位置,比量沒有它的差別可徵,經教沒有它的名分,記憶與業果也不需要它來擔保。

三個眼目

  1. 破我先破認知,不先破定義。 開卷不問『我是什麼』,只問『你憑什麼知道有它』——現量得不到,比量也沒有『有它則如此、無它則不然』的差別可徵。要緊的是論並不主張看不見的都不存在:五色根同樣看不見,論卻承認它有,因為缺緣則果不生、不缺則生,這差別是徵。論所遮的不是不可見,是不可徵。 這把尺可以一直用下去。

  2. 譬喻要拆,先問『像在哪一點』。 犢子部把整個宗建在「依薪立火」上,論主便整段整段地拆這一個喻——不否認它像,只要求先說定何者為火何者為薪;一旦定名,六層便依次落下:緣薪生火則火異薪,煖觸為火則俱時異體,依即俱生則自承體異,薪無火無而你不許……每一層都是先接受對方剛才的解釋,再看那解釋自己走到哪裡去。 這是全論最密的一段譬喻論證。

  3. 不記,是分析的結果,不是態度。 命者與身一異不記、世間常等四記不記、如來死後有等不記——理由一致:問題預設了一個立不住的主詞,任何答案都等於替它背書。龍軍答畢隣陀王,正是用『宮中本無菴羅樹,果味如何可答』把這一層說破。而不說「命者都無」又是另一重分寸:「無我」與『連假我也無』是兩句話,對機不同,說法便不同。

一義(附):無我之後,誰在記得,誰受業果

破完之後,論要回答兩個最實的問題。誰在記得?——不是異心憶異心,是同一相續之中,過去緣境之心引起今時能憶之識;而所謂『念的主人』,其實就是生念之因,因即名主,何必另立一個我。誰受業果?——不是從已壞之業生果,是從業的相續轉變差別而生,如種生果:接得上叫相續,前後有異叫轉變,最後一刻特別有力叫差別。

要看清的是:這兩個回答都沒有取消現象,只換掉了擔保人。 記憶還在,業果還在,只是擔保它們的不再是一個常住的我,而是一段有因果性的相續。全品的正面義理就在這裡,其餘皆是掃除。

通於全論

品首「虛妄我執所迷亂」一句,遙承界品「無漏謂聖道」以來全論對有漏無漏的分判——煩惱之根既在我執,則前八品所辨的一切法相,最後都要落到這一句上。破犢子部一段所用的實有假有之尺(別有事物是實·但有聚集是假),即是全論處理假法實法的通用尺;業果相續轉變差別一段,則是業品所立業果之理的最後收束——業品說業有多少種,此處說業何以能隔世生果。

末後三頌是全書的落點。「此涅槃宮一廣道,千聖所遊無我性」——無我不是一個結論,是一條路。而論主自言所說只是「方隅」,其用在「為開智者慧毒門」:毒入身則從一處遍全身,慧亦如此,從一門而遍入一切法。全論最後一個字是「業」,卻已不是輪迴之業,是遍悟所知之勝業。三十卷書至此而止。

The eight chapters of the whole treatise expound “which dharmas there are,” expounding them down to the finest grain; this last chapter does one thing only — it points out, within that whole great mass of dharmas, that there is no self. There are no root stanzas; from beginning to end it is disputation, refuting the Vātsīputrīyas and going on to the Sāṃkhya and the Vaiśeṣika, and at the last three stanzas exhorting to study, with which the whole book ends.

In one sentence: This chapter is not proving that “a self does not exist”; it is taking away, one by one, every piece of ground on which a “self” could stand — direct perception has no place for it, inference finds no difference by which it can be attested, the scriptural teaching gives it no standing, and neither memory nor the fruit of action needs it as guarantor.

Three Points to Watch

  1. Refuting the self begins by refuting cognition, not by refuting a definition. The chapter opens not by asking “what is the self” but only “on what ground do you know that there is one” — direct perception cannot reach it, and inference finds in it no difference to be attested of the sort “if it is there, so; if it is not there, otherwise.” What matters is that the treatise does not maintain that whatever is invisible is nonexistent: the five form-faculties are equally invisible, and yet the treatise grants that they exist, because when a condition is lacking the result does not arise and when it is not lacking it does, and this difference is an attestation. What the treatise blocks is not the invisible but the unattestable. This measure can be used all the way down.

  2. A simile must be taken apart, and the first question is “in what respect is it alike?” The Vātsīputrīyas build their whole tenet upon “establishing fire in dependence on firewood,” and the author accordingly takes this one simile apart passage by passage — not denying that it is alike, but requiring first that it be settled which is the fire and which the firewood; and once the naming is fixed, six layers fall in order: since fire arises in dependence on firewood, fire differs from firewood; if the warm touch is the fire, they are simultaneous and of different entities; if “dependence” means co-arising, then difference of entity is admitted outright; where there is no firewood there is no fire, and yet you do not allow this… Each layer first accepts the explanation the opponent has just given, and then looks to see where that explanation carries itself. This is the densest stretch of argument from simile in the whole treatise.

  3. Not declaring is the outcome of analysis, not an attitude. That the life-principle is or is not the same as the body is not declared; the four declarations about the world being permanent and the rest are not declared; whether the Tathāgata exists after death and the rest is not declared — and the reason is one and the same: the question presupposes a subject that cannot stand, and any answer whatever amounts to endorsing it. The Venerable Nāgasena’s answer to King Pilinda makes just this point with “there never was a mango tree in the palace, so how could the taste of its fruit be answered for.” And that he does not say “there is no life-principle at all” is a further nicety of measure: “there is no self” and “not even a conventional self” are two different sentences, and where the hearers differ, the teaching differs.

One Further Point (Appended): After No-Self, Who Remembers and Who Undergoes the Fruit of Action

Once the refutation is done, the treatise must answer the two most concrete questions. Who remembers? — it is not one mind remembering what a different mind saw; it is that within one and the same continuum a past mind that took that object as its object gives rise to the present consciousness that remembers; and as for “the owner of the recollection,” that is simply the cause that produces the recollection, and the cause is what is called the owner — why set up a self besides? Who undergoes the fruit of action? — the fruit is not produced from an action already perished, but from the transforming and differentiating of the continuum of action, as a fruit is produced from a seed: that it joins up is called continuum, that before and after differ is called transformation, that the last moment has a special force is called differentiation.

What is to be seen clearly is this: neither answer cancels the phenomenon; each only replaces the guarantor. Memory remains, the fruit of action remains; only what guarantees them is no longer a permanent self but a stretch of continuum possessed of causality. The positive doctrine of the whole chapter lies just here; all the rest is clearing away.

Bearing on the Treatise as a Whole

The sentence at the head of the chapter, “because they are deluded by the false grasping of a self,” reaches back to the adjudication of the with-outflows and the without-outflows that the whole treatise has carried on since “without outflows means the noble path” in the Chapter on the Elements — the root of the afflictions lying in the grasping of a self, all the marks of dharmas distinguished in the preceding eight chapters must in the end come down to this one sentence. The measure of real existence and conventional existence used in refuting the Vātsīputrīyas — that to have a separate thing is real, that to be merely an aggregation is conventional — is the measure the whole treatise uses in handling conventional and real dharmas; and the passage on the continuum, transformation, and differentiation of action and its fruit is the final gathering-up of the principle of action and fruit established in the Chapter on Action — that chapter says how many kinds of action there are, and this passage says how action can produce a fruit across a lifetime.

The last three stanzas are where the whole book comes to rest. “This is the one broad road to the palace of nirvāṇa, the nature of no-self on which a thousand noble ones travel” — no-self is not a conclusion but a road. And the author says of himself that what he has spoken is only “a corner,” whose use is “to open for the wise the poison-gate of discernment”: as poison entering the body spreads from one place through the whole of it, so does discernment, entering by one gate and pervading all dharmas. The last word of the whole treatise is “work,” yet it is no longer the work of transmigration but the surpassing work of comprehending all that is knowable. Thirty fascicles of book come here to their end.

原典Canonical · verbatim

【品界】破執我品第九之一 〔T29 0152b23〕

越此依餘,豈無解脫?理必無有。所以者何?虛妄我執所迷亂故。謂此法外諸所執我,非即於蘊相續假立執有真實離蘊我故。由我執力諸煩惱生,三有輪迴無容解脫。以何為證?知諸我名,唯召蘊相續,非別目我體。於彼所計離蘊我中,無有真實現比量故。謂若我體別有實物,如餘有法。若無障緣,應現量得如六境意,或比量得如五色根。言五色根比量得者,如世現見,雖有眾緣,由闕別緣,果便非有,不闕便有,如種生芽。如是亦見,雖有現境作意等緣,而諸盲聾不盲聾等識不起起,定知別緣有闕不闕。此別緣者即眼等根,如是名為色根比量。於離蘊我二量都無,由此證知無真我體。然犢子部執有補特伽羅,其體與蘊不一不異。此應思擇,為實為假。實有假有相別云何?別有事物是實有相,如色聲等。但有聚集是假有相,如乳酪等。許實許假各有何失?體若是實應與蘊異,有別性故,如別別蘊。又有實體必應有因,或應是無為,便同外道見。又應無用,徒執實有。體若是假,便同我說。非我所立補特伽羅,如仁所徵實有假有?但可依內現在世攝有執受諸蘊立補特伽羅。如是謬言,於義未顯。我猶不了,如何名依?若攬諸蘊是此依義,既攬諸蘊成補特伽羅,則補特伽羅應成假有,如乳酪等攬色等成。若因諸蘊是此依義,既因諸蘊立補特伽羅,則補特伽羅亦同此失,不如是立。所立云何?此如世間依薪立火,如何立火可說依薪?謂非離薪可立有火,而薪與火非異非一。若火異薪,薪應不熱。若火與薪一,所燒即能燒。如是不離蘊立補特伽羅。然補特伽羅與蘊非異一,若與蘊異體應是常,若與蘊一體應成斷。仁今於此且應定說,何者為火?何者為薪?令我了知火依薪義。何所應說?若說應言所燒是薪、能燒是火。此復應說何者所燒、何者能燒、名薪名火?且世共了。諸不炎熾所然之物,名所燒薪。諸有光明極熱炎熾能然之物,名能燒火。此能燒然彼物相續,令其後後異前前故。此彼雖俱八事為體,而緣薪故火方得生,如緣乳酒生於酪酢,故世共說依薪有火。若依此理火則異薪,後火前薪時各別故。若汝所計補特伽羅,如火依薪依諸蘊者,則定應說緣蘊而生,體異諸蘊,成無常住。若謂即於炎熾木等煖觸名火,餘事名薪,是則火薪俱時而起,應成異體,相有異故。應說依義,此既俱生,如何可言依薪立火?謂非此火用薪為因,各從自因俱時生故。亦非此火名因薪立,以立火名因煖觸故。若謂所說火依薪言,為顯俱生或依止義,是則應許補特伽羅與蘊俱生或依止蘊。已分明許體與蘊異,理則應許。若許蘊無,補特伽羅體亦非有,如薪非有火體亦無。而不許然,故釋非理。然彼於此自設難言:若火異薪,薪應不熱。彼應定說熱體謂何?若彼釋言熱謂煖觸,則薪非熱,體相異故。若復釋言熱謂煖合,則應異體亦得熱名,以實火名唯目煖觸,餘與煖合皆得熱名。是則分明許薪名熱。雖薪火異而過不成,如何此中舉以為難?若謂木等遍炎熾時說名為薪亦名為火,是則應說依義謂何?補特伽羅與色等蘊定應是一,無理能遮。故彼所言如依薪立火,如是依蘊立補特伽羅,進退推徵,理不成立。又彼若許補特伽羅與蘊一異俱不可說,則彼所許三世無為及不可說五種爾焰亦應不可說,以補特伽羅不可說第五及非第五故。又彼施設補特伽羅,應更礭陳為何所託?若言託蘊假義已成,以施設補特伽羅不託補特伽羅故。若言此施設託補特伽羅,如何上言依諸蘊立理,則但應說依補特伽羅。既不許然,故唯託蘊。若謂有蘊此則可知,故我上言此依蘊立。是則諸色有眼等緣方可了知,故應言依眼等。又且應說,補特伽羅是六識中何識所識?六識所識。所以者何?若於一時眼識識色,因茲知有補特伽羅,說此名為眼識所識,而不可說與色一異。乃至一時意識識法,因茲知有補特伽羅,說此名為意識所識,而不可說與法一異。若爾,所計補特伽羅應同乳等唯假施設。謂如眼識識諸色時,因此若能知有乳等,便說乳等眼識所識,而不可說與色一異。乃至身識說諸觸時,因此若能知有乳等,便說乳等身識所識,而不可說與觸一異。勿乳等成四或非四所成。由此應成總依諸蘊假施設有補特伽羅,猶如世間總依色等施設乳等,是假非實。又彼所說,若於一時眼識識色,因茲知有補特伽羅。此言何義?為說諸色是了補特伽羅因?為了色時補特伽羅亦可了?若說諸色是了此因,然不可言此異色者,是則諸色以眼及明作意等緣為了因故,應不可說色異眼等。若了色時此亦可了,為色能了即了此耶?為於此中別有能了?若色能了即能了此,則應許此體即是色,或唯於色假立於此。或不應有如是分別,如是類是色、如是類是此。若無如是二種分別,如何立有色、有補特伽羅,有情必由分別立故。若於此中別有能了,了時別故此應異色,如黃異青前異後等。乃至於法徵難亦然。若彼救言:如此與色不可定說是一是異,二種能了相望亦然,能了不應是有為攝。若許爾者,便壞自宗。又若實有補特伽羅,而不可說色非色者,世尊何故作如是言:色乃至識皆無有我。又彼既許補特伽羅眼識所得,如是眼識於色此俱為緣何起?若緣色起,則不應說眼識能了補特伽羅,此非眼識緣,如聲處等故。謂若有識緣此境起,即用此境為所緣緣,補特伽羅非眼識緣者,如何可說為眼識所緣?故此定非眼識所了。若眼識起緣此或俱,便違經說。以契經中定判識起由二緣故。又契經說:苾芻當知,眼因色緣能生眼識。諸所有眼識皆緣眼色故。又若爾者,補特伽羅應是無常,契經說故。謂契經說:諸因諸緣能生識者皆無常性。若彼遂謂補特伽羅非識所緣,應非所識,若非所識應非所知,若非所知如何立有?若不立有便壞自宗。又若許為六識所識,眼識識故應異聲等,猶如色,耳識識故,應異色等,譬如聲。餘識所識,為難准此。又立此為六識所識,便違經說。如契經言:梵志當知,五根行處境界各別,各唯受用自所行處及自境界,非有異根亦能受用異根行處及異境界。五根謂眼耳鼻舌身,意兼受用五根行處及彼境界,彼依意故。或不應執補特伽羅是五根境,如是便非五識所識,有違宗過。若爾,意根境亦應別。如六生喻契經中言:如是六根行處境界各有差別,各別樂求自所行處及自境界。非此中說眼等六根,眼等五根及所生識無有勢力樂見等故。但說眼等增上勢力所引意識名眼等根,獨行意根增上勢力所引意識,不能樂求眼等五根所行境界。故此經義無違前失。又世尊說:苾芻當知,吾今為汝具足演說一切所達所知法門。其體是何?謂諸眼色眼識眼觸,眼觸為緣內所生受,或樂或苦不苦不樂。廣說乃至。意觸為緣內所生受,或樂、或苦、不苦不樂,是名一切所達所知。由此經文,決判一切所達知法唯有爾所,此中無有補特伽羅,故補特伽羅亦應非所識,以慧與識境必同故。諸謂眼見補特伽羅,應知眼根見此所有,於見非我謂見我故,彼便蹎墜惡見深坑。故佛經中自決此義,謂唯於諸蘊說補特伽羅。如人契經作如是說:眼及色為緣生於眼識,三和合觸俱起受想思。於中後四是無色蘊,初眼及色名為色蘊,唯由此量說名為人。即於此中隨義差別假立名想,或謂有情不悅意生儒童、養者、命者、生者、補特伽羅,亦自稱言我眼見色。復隨世俗說,此具壽有如是名、如是種族、如是姓類、如是飲食、如是受樂、如是受苦、如是長壽、如是久住、如是壽際。苾芻當知,此唯名想,此唯自稱,但隨世俗假施設有。如是一切無常有為,從眾緣生、由思所造。世尊恒勅依了義經,此經了義,不應異釋。又薄伽梵告梵志言:我說一切有唯是十二處。若數取趣非是處攝,無體理成。若是處攝,則不應言是不可說。彼部所誦契經亦言:諸所有眼、諸所有色,廣說乃至苾芻當知,如來齊此施設一切建立一切有自體法。此中無有補特伽羅,如何可說此有實體。頻毘婆羅契經亦說:諸有愚昧無聞異生,隨逐假名計為我者,此中無有我我所性,唯有一切眾苦法體將正已生,乃至廣說。有阿羅漢苾芻尼名世羅,為魔王說: 〔引頌·非本頌 T29 0154b18〕   汝墮惡見趣,於空行聚中,
  妄執有有情,智者達非有。
  如即攬眾分,假想立為車,
  世俗立有情,應知攬諸蘊。
世尊於《雜阿笈摩》中為婆羅門婆拕梨說: 〔引頌·非本頌 T29 0154b23〕   婆拕梨諦聽,能解諸結法,
  謂依心故染,亦依心故淨。
  我實無我性,顛倒故執有,
  無有情無我,唯有有因法。
  謂十二有支,所攝蘊處界,
  審思此一切,無補特伽羅,
  既觀內是空,觀外空亦爾,
  能修空觀者,亦都不可得。
經說:執我有五種失,謂起我見及有情見墮惡見趣,同諸外道越路而行,於空性中心不悟入、不能淨信、不能安住、不得解脫,聖法於彼不能清淨。此皆非量。所以者何?於我部中曾不誦故。汝宗許是量,為部為佛言?若部是量,佛非汝師、汝非釋子。若佛言者,此皆佛言,如何非量。彼謂:此說皆非真佛言。所以者何?我部不誦故。此極非理。非理者何?如是經文諸部皆誦,不違法性及餘契經,而敢於中輒興誹撥,我不誦故非真佛言。唯縱兇狂,故極非理。又於彼部豈無此經,謂一切法皆非我性。若彼意謂補特伽羅與所依法不一不異,故說一切法皆非我。既爾,應非意識所識,二緣生識經決判故。又於餘經如何會釋?謂契經說:非我計我此中具有想心見倒。計我成倒,說於非我,不言於我,何煩會釋。非我者何?謂蘊處界。便違前說補特伽羅與色等蘊不一不異。又餘經說:苾芻當知,一切沙門婆羅門等諸有執我等隨觀見,一切唯於五取蘊起。故無依我起於我見,但於非我法妄分別為我。又餘經言:諸有已憶正憶當憶種種宿住,一切唯於五取蘊起,故定無有補特伽羅。若爾,何緣此經復說我於過去世有如是色等?此經為顯能憶宿生一相續中有種種事。若見實有補特伽羅於過去生能有色等,如何非墮起身見失?或應誹撥言無此經,是故此經依總假我,言有色等如聚如流。若爾,世尊應非一切智,無心心所能知一切法剎那剎那異生滅故。若許有我可能遍知,補特伽羅則應常住,許心滅時此不滅故,如是便越汝所許宗。我等不言佛於一切能頓遍知故名一切智者,但約相續有堪能故,謂得佛名諸蘊相續成就如是殊勝堪能,纔作意時於所欲知境無倒智起故名一切智,非於一念能頓遍知。故於此中有如是頌: 〔引頌·非本頌 T29 0155a10〕   由相續有能,如火食一切,
  如是一切智,非由頓遍知。
如何得知約相續說知一切法,非我遍知?說佛世尊有三世故。於何處說?如有頌言: 〔引頌·非本頌 T29 0155a15〕   若過去諸佛,若未來諸佛,
  若現在諸佛,皆滅眾生憂。
汝宗唯許蘊有三世,非數取趣,故定應爾。

阿毘達磨俱舍論卷第三十 〔T29 0155a21〕

破執我品第九之二 〔T29 0155a25〕

若唯五取蘊名補特伽羅,何故世尊作如是說:吾今為汝說諸重擔、取捨重擔、荷重擔者。何緣於此佛不應說?不應重擔即名能荷。所以者何?曾未見故。不可說事亦不應說。所以者何?亦未見故。又取重擔應非蘊攝,重擔自取,曾未見故。然經說愛名取擔者,既即蘊攝,荷者應然,即於諸蘊立數取趣。然恐謂此補特伽羅是不可說常住實有,故此經後佛自釋言:但隨世俗,說此具壽有如是名,乃至廣說。如上所引人經文句,為令了此補特伽羅,可說無常非實有性。即五取蘊自相逼害得重擔名。前前剎那引後後故名為荷者,故非實有補特伽羅。補特伽羅定應實有,以契經說諸有撥無化生有情邪見攝故。誰言無有化生有情?如佛所言:我說有故。謂蘊相續能往後世,不由胎卵濕名化生有情。撥此為無,故邪見攝。化生諸蘊,理實有故。又許此邪見謗補特伽羅。汝等應言,是何所斷?見修所斷。理並不然,補特伽羅非諦攝故,邪見不應修所斷故。若謂經說有一補特伽羅生在世間,應非蘊者,亦不應理,此於總中假說一故,如世間說一麻一米一聚一言。或補特伽羅應許有為攝,以契經說生世間故。非此言生如蘊新起,依何義說生在世間?依此今時取別蘊義,如世間說能祠者生、記論者生,取明論故。又如世說有苾芻生、有外道生,取儀式故。或如世說有老者生,有病者生,取別位故。佛已遮故,此救不成。如勝義空契經中說:有業有異熟,作者不可得。謂能捨此蘊,及能續餘蘊,唯除法假。故佛已遮。頗勒具那契經亦說:我終不說有能取者。故定無一補特伽羅能於世間取捨諸蘊。又汝所引祠者等生,其體是何而能喻此?若執是我,彼不極成。若心心所,彼念念滅、新新生故,取捨不成。若許是身,亦如心等。又如明等與身有異,蘊亦應異補特伽羅。老病二身各與前別,數論轉變如前已遣,故彼所引為喻不成。又許蘊生非數取趣,則定許此異蘊及常。又此唯一,蘊體有五,寧不說此與蘊有異?大種有四,造色唯一,寧言造色不異大種?是彼宗過。何謂彼宗?諸計造色即大種論。設如彼見,應作是質:如諸造色即四大種,亦應即五蘊立補特伽羅。若補特伽羅即諸蘊者,世尊何不記命者即身?觀能問者阿世耶故。問者執一內用士夫體實非虛名為命者,依此問佛與身一異。此都無故,一異不成,如何與身可記一異?如不可記龜毛䩕軟,古昔諸師已解斯結。昔有大德名曰龍軍,三明六通具八解脫。于時有一畢隣陀王,至大德所作如是說:我今來意欲請所疑。然諸沙門性好多語,尊能直答,我當請問。大德受請。王即問言:命者與身為一為異?大德答言:此不應記。王言:豈不先有要耶?今何異言不答所問?大德質曰:我欲問疑。然諸國王性好多語,王能直答,我當發問。王便受教。大德問言:大王宮中諸菴羅樹所生果味為酢為甘。王言:宮中本無此樹。大德復責:先無要耶?今何異言不答所問。王言:宮內此樹既無,寧可答言果味甘酢?大德誨曰:命者亦無,如何可言與身一異?佛何不說命者都無?亦觀問者阿世耶故。問者或於諸蘊相續謂為命者,依之發問。世尊若答命者都無,彼墮邪見,故佛不說。彼未能了緣起理故,非受正法器,不為說假有。理必應爾,世尊說故。如世尊告阿難陀言:有姓筏蹉出家外道,來至我所作是問言:我於世間為有非有?我不為記。所以者何?若記為有,違法真理,以一切法皆無我故。若記為無,增彼愚惑,彼便謂我先有今無。對執有愚,此愚更甚,謂執有我則墮常邊,若執無我便墮斷邊。此二輕重,如經廣說。依如是義,故有頌曰:

〔引頌·非本頌 T29 0156a13〕   觀為見所傷,及壞諸善業,
  故佛說正法,如牝虎銜子。
  執真我為有,則為見牙傷,
  撥俗我為無,便壞善業子。
復說頌曰:

〔論主自造頌·非本頌 T29 0156a18〕   由實命者無,佛不言一異,
  恐撥無假我,亦不說都無。
  謂蘊相續中,有業果命者,
  若說無命者,彼撥此為無。
  不說諸蘊中,有假名命者,
  由觀發問者,無力解真空。
  如是觀筏蹉,意樂差別故,
  彼問有無我,佛不答有無。
何緣不記世間常等?亦觀問者阿世耶故。問者若執我為世間,我體都無故,四記皆非理。若執生死皆名世間,佛四種記亦皆非理。謂若常者,無得涅槃。若是非常,便自斷滅,不由功力咸得涅槃。若記為常亦非常者,定應一分無得涅槃,一分有情自證圓寂。若記非常非非常者,則非得涅槃,非不得涅槃。決定相違,便成戲論。然依聖道可般涅槃,故四定記皆不應理。如離繫子問雀死生,佛知彼心不為定記。有邊等四亦不記者,以同常等皆有失故。寧知此四義同常等?以有外道名嗢底迦,先問世間有邊等四,復設方便矯問世尊:為諸世間皆由聖道能得出離、為一分耶?尊者阿難因告彼曰:汝以此事已問世尊,今復何緣改名重問?故知後四,義與前同。復以何緣世尊不記如來死後有等四耶?亦觀問者阿世耶故,問者妄計已解脫我名為如來而發問故。今應詰問計有我者,佛何緣記有現補特伽羅,不記如來死後亦有?彼言恐有墮常失故。若爾,何緣佛記慈氏汝於來世當得作佛,及記弟子身壞命終,某甲今時已生某處。此豈非有墮常過失?若佛先見補特伽羅,彼涅槃已便不復見,以不知故不記有者,則撥大師具一切智。或應許不記,由我體都無。若謂世尊見而不說,則有離蘊及常住過。若見非見俱不可說,則應漸言,不可說佛是一切智非一切智。若謂實有補特伽羅,以契經言諦故住故,定執無我者墮惡見處故。此不成證,彼經亦說定執有我者墮惡見處故。阿毘達磨諸論師言:執我有無俱邊見攝,如次墮在常斷邊故。彼師所說深為應理,以執有我則墮常邊,若執無我便墮斷邊。前《筏蹉經》分明說故。若定無有補特伽羅,為說阿誰流轉生死?不應生死自流轉故。然薄伽梵於契經中,說諸有情無明所覆、貪愛所繫馳流生死,故應定有補特伽羅。此復如何流轉生死?由捨前蘊取後蘊故。如是義宗前已徵遣。如燎原火雖剎那滅,而由相續說有流轉。如是蘊聚假說有情,愛取為緣流轉生死。若唯有蘊,何故世尊作如是說:今我於昔為世導師名為妙眼。此說何咎?蘊各異故。若爾,是何物謂補特伽羅?昔我即今,體應常住,故說今我昔為師言,顯昔與今是一相續,如言此火曾燒彼事。若謂決定有真實我,則應唯佛能明了觀,觀已應生堅固我執,從斯我執我所執生,從此應生我我所愛。故薄伽梵作如是言:若執有我便執我所,執我所故於諸蘊中便復發生我我所愛薩迦耶見,我愛所縛則為謗佛,去解脫遠。若謂於我不起我愛,此言無義。所以者何?於非我中橫計為我,容起我愛。非實我中,如是所言無理為證,故彼於佛真聖教中無有因緣起見瘡皰。如是一類執有不可說補特伽羅。復有一類總撥一切法體皆非有。外道執有別真我性,此等一切見不如理,皆不能免無解脫過。若一切類我體都無,剎那滅心於曾所受久相似境何能憶知?如是憶知,從相續內念境想類心差別生。且初憶念為從何等心差別無間生?從有緣彼作意相似相屬想等,不為依止差別愁憂散亂等緣損壞功德心差別起。雖有如是作意等緣,若無彼類心差別者,則無堪能修此憶念。雖有彼類心差別因,若無如是緣,亦無能修理,要具二種方可能修。諸憶念生但由於此,不見離此有功能故。如何異心見,後異心能憶。非天授心曾所見境,後祠授心有憶念理。此難非理,不相屬故。謂彼二心互不相屬,非如一相續有因果性故。我等不言異心見境異心能憶,相續一故。然從過去緣彼境心,引起今時能憶念識。謂如前說相續轉變差別力故生念何失?由此憶念力,有後記知生。我體既無,孰為能憶?能憶是何義?由念能取境。此取境豈異念?雖不異念,但由作者,作者即是前說念因,謂彼類心差別。然世間所言制怛羅能憶,此於蘊相續立制怛羅名。從先見心後憶念起,依如是理說彼能憶。我體若無,是誰之念?為依何義說第六聲?此第六聲依屬主義,如何物屬何主?此如牛等屬制怛羅。彼如何為牛主?謂依彼彼所乘所搆所役等中彼得自在。欲於何所驅役於念,而勤方便尋求念主?於所念境驅役於念。役念為何?謂令念起。奇哉自在起無理言,寧為此生而驅役此?又我於念如何驅役?為令念起、為令念行?念無行故,但應念起。則因名主,果名能屬。由因增上令果得生,故因名主。果於生時是因所有,故名能屬。即生念因足為念主,何勞立我為念主耶?即諸行聚一類相續,世共施設制怛羅牛,立制怛羅名為牛主。是牛相續於異方生,變異生因故名為主。此中無一實制怛羅亦無實牛,但假施設,故言牛主,亦不離因。憶念既爾,記知亦然。如辯憶知,熟為能了誰之識等,亦應例釋。且識因緣與前別者,謂根境等,如應當知。有作是言:決定有我,事用必待事用者故。謂諸事用待事用者,如天授行必待天授。行是事用天授名者,如是識等所有事用,必待所依能了等者。今應詰彼:天授謂何?若是實我,此如先破。若假士夫,體非一物,於諸行相續假立此名故。如天授能行,識能了亦爾。依何理說天授能行?謂於剎那生滅諸行不異相續立天授名,愚夫於中執為一體,為自相續異處生因。異處生名行,因即名行者。依此理說天授能行。如焰及聲異處相續,世依此說焰聲能行。如是天授身能為識因故,世間亦謂天授能了。然諸聖者為順世間言說理故,亦作是說。經說諸識能了所緣,識於所緣為何所作?都無所作,但以境生。如果酬因,雖無所作而似因起,說名酬因。如是識生,雖無所作而似境,故說名了境。如何似境?謂帶彼相。是故諸識雖亦託根生,不名了根,但名為了境。或識於境相續生時,前識為因引後識起,說識能了亦無有失,世間於因說作者故。如世間說鍾鼓能鳴,或如燈能行,識能了亦爾。為依何理說燈能行?焰相續中假立燈號,燈於異處相續生時說為燈行,無別行者。如是心相續假立識名,於異境生時說名能了。或如色有色生色住,此中無別有生住者。說識能了,理亦應然。若後識生,從識非我。何緣從識?不恒似前,及不定次生,如芽莖葉等,有為皆有住異相故。謂諸有為自性法爾,微細相續後必異前。若異此者,縱意入定,身心相續相似而生,後念與初無差別故,不應最後念自然從定出。諸心相續亦有定次,若此心次彼心應生,於此心後彼必生故。亦有少分行相等心方能相生,種性別故。如女心無間起嚴污身心,或起彼夫彼子心等。後時從此諸心相續轉變差別還生女心。如是女心於後所起嚴污心等有生功能,異此無功能,由種性別故。女心無間容起多心,然多心中若先數起、明了近起,先起非餘。由如是心修力強故,唯除將起位身外緣差別。諸有修力最強盛者,寧不恒時生於自果?由此心有住異相故,此住異相於別修果相續生中最隨順故。諸心品類次第相生因緣方隅我已略說,委悉了達唯在世尊,一切法中智自在故。依如是義故,有頌言: 〔引頌·非本頌 T29 0157c23〕   於一孔雀輪,一切種因相,
  非餘智境界,唯一切智知。
色差別因尚為難了,況心心所諸無色法因緣差別可易了知?一類外道作如是執,諸心生時皆從於我。前之二難於彼最切。若諸心生皆從我者,何緣後識不恒似前,及不定次生,如芽莖葉等。若謂由待意合差別有異識生,理定不然,我與餘合非極成故,又二物合有分限故。謂彼自類釋合相言,非至為先、後至名合。我與意合應有分限,意移轉故我應移轉,或應與意俱有壞滅。若謂一分合,理定不然,於一我體中無別分故。設許有合,我體既常,意無別異,合寧有別?若待別覺,為難亦同。謂覺因何得有差別?若待行別,我意合者,則應但心待行差別能生異識,何用我為?我於識生都無有用,而言諸識皆從我生。如藥事成能除痼疾,誑醫矯說普莎訶言。若謂此二由我故有,此但有言,無理為證。若謂此二我為所依,如誰與誰為所依義?非心與行如畫如果,我為能持如壁如器,如是便有更相礙失,及有或時別住失故。非如壁器,我為彼依。若爾如何?此但如地,能為香等四物所依。彼如是言,證成無我,故我於此深生喜慰。如世間地不離香等,我亦應爾,非離心行。誰能了地離於香等?但於香等聚集差別,世俗流布立以地名。我亦應然,但於心等諸蘊差別,假立我名。若離香等無別有地,如何說言地有香等?為顯地體有香等別,故即於地說有香等,令他了達是此非餘,如世間言木像身等。又若有我待行差別,何不俱時生一切智?若時此行功用最強,此能遮餘令不生果。寧從強者果不恒生?答此如前修力道理,許行非常漸變異故。若爾,計我則為唐捐,行力令心差別生故。彼行此修體無異故,必定應信我體實有,以有念等德句義故,德必依止實句義故,念等依餘理不成故。此證非理,不極成故。謂說念等德句義攝體皆非實,義不極成,許有別體皆名實故。經說六實物,名沙門果故。彼依實我,理亦不成。依義如前已遮遣故,由此所立但有虛言。若我實無,為何造業?為我當受苦樂果故。我體是何?謂我執境。何名我執境?謂諸蘊相續。云何知然?貪愛彼故。與白等覺同處起故。謂世有言:我白我黑。我老我少。我瘦我肥。現見世間緣白等覺,與計我執同處而生,非所計我有此差別,故知我執但緣諸蘊。以身於我有防護恩,故亦於身假說為我,如言臣等即是我身。於有恩中實假說我,而諸我執所取不然。若許緣身亦起我執,寧無我執緣他身起,他與我執不相屬故。謂若身若心與我執相屬,此我執起緣彼非餘,無始時來如是習故。相屬謂何?謂因果性。若無我體,誰之我執?此前已釋,寧復重來。謂我於前已作是說,為依何義說第六聲,乃至辨因為果所屬。若爾,我執以何為因?謂無始來我執熏習,緣自相續有垢染心。我體若無誰有苦樂?若依於此有苦樂生,即說名為此有苦樂,如林有果及樹有花。苦樂依何?謂內六處,隨其所起說為彼依。若我實無,誰能作業?誰能受果?作受何義?作謂能作,受謂受者。此但易名,未顯其義。辯法相者釋此相言:能自在為,名為作者。能領業果,得受者名。現見世間,於此事業若得自在,名為能作。如見天授於浴食行得自在故,名浴等者。此中汝等說何天授?若說實我,喻不極成;說蘊便非自在作者。業有三種,謂身、語、意。且起身業必依身心,身心各依自因緣轉,因緣展轉依自因緣,於中無一自在起者,一切有為屬因緣故。汝所執我,不待因緣亦無所作,故非自在。由此彼說能自在為名作者相,求不可得。然於諸法生因緣中,若有勝用假名作者,非所執我,見有少用故定不應名為作者。能生身業勝因者何?謂從憶念引生樂欲,樂欲生尋伺,尋伺生勤勇,勤勇生風,風起身業。汝所執我,此中何用?故於身業,我非作者。語意業起,類此應思。我復云何能領業果?若謂於果我能了別,此定不然,我於了別都無有用,於前分別生識因中已遮遣故。若實無我,如何不依諸非情處罪福生長?彼非愛等所依止故,唯內六處是彼所依。我非彼依,如前已說。若實無我,業已滅壞,云何復能生未來果?設有實我,業已滅壞,復云何能生未來果?從依止我,法非法生。如誰依誰,此前已破,故法非法不應依我。然聖教中不作是說,從已壞業未來果生。若爾,從何?從業相續轉變差別,如種生果。如世間說,果從種生。然果不從已壞種起,亦非從種無間即生。若爾,從何?從種相續轉變差別果方得生,謂種次生芽莖葉等,花為最後方引果生。若爾,何言從種生果?由種展轉引起花中生果功能,故作是說。若此花內生果功能非種為先所引起者,所生果相應與種別。如是雖言從業生果,而非從彼已壞業生,亦非從業無間生果,但從業相續轉變差別生。何名相續轉變差別?謂業為先,後色心起,中無間斷,名為相續。即此相續,後後剎那異前前生,名為轉變。即此轉變,於最後時有勝功能無間生果,勝餘轉變,故名差別。如有取識正命終時,雖帶眾多感後有業所引熏習,而重近起數習所引明了非餘。如有頌言: 〔引頌·非本頌 T29 0159a12〕   業極重近起,數習先所作,
  前前前後熟,輪轉於生死。
於此義中有差別者,異熟因所引與異熟果功能,與異熟果已即便謝滅。同類因所引與等流果功能,若染污者對治起時即便謝滅,不染污者般涅槃時方永謝滅,以色心相續爾時永滅故。何緣異熟果不能招異熟,如從種果有別果生。且非譬喻,是法皆等。然從種果無別果生。若爾,從何生於後果?從後熟變差別所生。謂於後時即前種果遇水土等諸熟變緣,便能引生熟變差別。正生芽位方得種名,未熟變時從當名說,或似種故世說為種。此亦如是,即前異熟遇聞正邪等諸起善惡緣,便能引生諸善有漏及諸不善有異熟心,從此引生相續轉變,展轉能引轉變差別,從此差別後異熟生,非從餘生。故喻同法。或由別法類此可知,如拘櫞花塗紫礦汁,相續轉變差別為因,後果生時瓤便色赤,從此赤色更不生餘。如是應知,從業異熟更不能引餘異熟生。前來且隨自覺慧境,於諸業果略顯麁相。其間異類差別功能,諸業所熏相續轉變,至彼彼位彼彼果生,唯佛證知非餘境界。依如是義,故有頌言: 〔引頌·非本頌 T29 0159b07〕   此業此熏習,至此時與果,
  一切種定理,離佛無能知。
〔論主自造頌·七言·非本頌 T29 0159b09〕   已善說此淨因道,謂佛至言真法性,
  應捨闇盲諸外執,惡見所為求慧眼。
  此涅槃宮一廣道,千聖所遊無我性,
  諸佛日言光所照,雖開殊眼不能覩。
  於此方隅已略說,為開智者慧毒門,
  庶各隨己力堪能,遍悟所知成勝業。


統計(逐卷字數表)

卷首 loc正文總字 (含標點)純漢字頌行
卷01T29 0001a038,9227,60360
卷02T29 0007a029,7028,39242
卷03T29 0013b067,6036,57348
卷04T29 0018b108,4037,28238
卷05T29 0024a029,0577,89929
卷06T29 0030a029,7298,51127
卷07T29 0036b056,8605,97931
卷08T29 0040c187,2466,28436
卷09T29 0045c058,9257,72047
卷10T29 0051c027,9636,87535
卷11T29 0057a027,3156,37789
卷12T29 0062a087,8696,88937
卷13T29 0067b027,4906,55330
卷14T29 0072b027,9446,92657
卷15T29 0077c158,4067,33949
卷16T29 0083b137,4416,49743
卷17T29 0088b236,7775,90541
卷18T29 0093a157,5426,51272
卷19T29 0098b138,3107,14646
卷20T29 0104a026,6715,79840
卷21T29 0108b157,4846,49261
卷22T29 0113c027,4976,56140
卷23T29 0118c097,5376,59344
卷24T29 0123c157,8146,84844
卷25T29 0129a137,8776,83252
卷26T29 0134b158,4917,32366
卷27T29 0140a207,2156,26162
卷28T29 0145a147,7586,70456
卷29T29 0150b077,1566,24246
卷30T29 0155a216,5585,70724
235,562204,6231392

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

一、總破——離蘊之我,現量比量兩頭都找不到

論(開卷立宗):越出這一套教法而去依靠別的,難道就沒有解脫嗎?答:按理一定沒有。為什麼呢?因為那是被虛妄的我執所迷亂的緣故。

這裡說的『我執』是指什麼?就是這一套教法之外的種種人所執的『我』——他們不是就著五蘊相續而假立一個名字,而是執有一個真實的、離開五蘊另外存在的我。由於這種我執的力量,種種煩惱就生起來;煩惱既生,三有(欲界·色界·無色界這三重生死之域)之中輪迴不停,就沒有解脫的餘地。

問:拿什麼作證據,說我執是虛妄的?答:要知道種種『我』的名稱,只是招呼那一段五蘊相續而已,並不是另外指著一個我的本體。在他們所計的那個離蘊之我上面,並沒有真實的現量(現量=當下親證親見的認知)與比量(比量=由已見之相推知未見之事的認知)可得。

怎麼說呢?假如我的本體是另外一個實在的東西,那麼它就該跟其餘的有法一樣——若是沒有障礙的因緣擋著,就應該現量可以得到,像六境(色·聲·香·味·觸·法這六種所緣)之被意所得那樣;再不然也該比量可以得到,像五色根(眼·耳·鼻·舌·身這五種有色的根)之被推知那樣。

問:說五色根是比量得到的,這話怎麼講?答:好比世間所現見的:雖然有種種因緣具足,只因為缺了某一個別的緣,果就不出現;不缺那個緣,果就出現——像種子生芽,水土日光都在,種子壞了就不生。同樣地也可以看見:雖然現前的境界、作意等等緣都在,而盲人聾人與不盲不聾的人,識有不生起的、有生起的;由這一出一入,就一定可以斷定另外有一個別的緣在那裡或缺或不缺。這個別的緣就是眼等五根——這樣的推知,就叫作『色根比量』。

:在離蘊之我上面,現量比量這兩條路都沒有;由這一點就可以證知,並沒有真實的我體。

二、犢子部之立宗——體與蘊不一不異·實有假有的兩頭追問

論(敘他宗):然而犢子部(佛教十八部之一)執有『補特伽羅』(補特伽羅=數取趣,指一次次去取受生趣的那個主體,舊譯常作『人』),主張它的體與五蘊不一也不異。

論(正破之始):這就要好好思擇一番了——你所立的這個補特伽羅,究竟是實有的,還是假有的?

問:實有與假有的相狀,分別在哪裡?答(犢子部答):另外別有一件事物,這是實有之相,像色、像聲那樣;只是若干東西的聚集,這是假有之相,像乳、像酪那樣。

問:那麼,許它是實、或許它是假,各有什麼過失?答:體若是實有的,就應當與蘊相異,因為它另有一個別的體性,就像一蘊與另一蘊彼此各別那樣;而且既有實體,就必定應該有生它的因,不然就應該是無為法,那就跟外道的見解同路了;而且它也應該沒有用處——白白執一個實有而已。體若是假有的,那就跟我(論主)所說的一樣了,還爭什麼。

論(犢子部救):我所立的補特伽羅,並不是像仁者所徵問的那樣分成實有假有兩頭;我只是說——可以依著內在的、現在世所攝的、有執受的那些蘊,而立一個補特伽羅。

論(再徵):這樣含糊地說,於義理上還是沒有顯明。我還是不明白:你說的『依』是什麼意思?

假如『攬取諸蘊』就是這個『依』的意思,那麼既然是攬取諸蘊而成補特伽羅,補特伽羅就該成假有了——正如乳酪等是攬取色等而成的那樣。假如『因於諸蘊』就是這個『依』的意思,那麼既然是因諸蘊而立補特伽羅,補特伽羅也同樣落在剛才那個過失裡。

論(犢子部答):我不是那樣立的。

問:那你是怎麼立的?

三、火依薪立之喻——一個譬喻,被逐層拆開

論(犢子部立喻):這就像世間依著薪而立『火』一樣。你若問:怎麼可以說立火是依著薪呢?那是說——離開薪就立不出火來,而薪與火既不是異、也不是一。因為若火異於薪,薪就應該不熱;若火與薪是一,那所燒的就是能燒的了。像這樣,不離開五蘊而立補特伽羅。這樣一來,補特伽羅與蘊既非異也非一:若與蘊相異,體就應該是常;若與蘊是一,體就應該成斷。

論(論主逐層徵破·第一層——先定名):仁者現在於此且應該把話說定:哪一個是火?哪一個是薪?好讓我明白你所說的『火依薪』究竟是什麼意思。

問:應該怎麼說?答:若要說,應當說『所燒的是薪、能燒的是火』。

那麼還得再說:什麼是所燒的、什麼是能燒的,才配叫作薪、叫作火?姑且依世間共同了知的說法:凡是不熾燃而被燒的東西,叫作『所燒之薪』;凡是有光明、極熱熾燃而能燒的東西,叫作『能燒之火』。這能燒的把那被燒之物的相續燒起來,使它後後不同於前前。

(第二層——依世共說反成異體):這兩樣雖然同樣都以八事(地水火風四大與色香味觸四塵)為體,然而是緣著薪,火才得以生起——就像緣著乳與酒而生出酪與酢一樣,所以世間共同地說『依薪有火』。若依這個道理,火就是異於薪的,因為後起的火與先有的薪,時間各別。

那麼,若你所計的補特伽羅像火依薪那樣依著諸蘊,就一定要說:它是緣蘊而生、體異諸蘊、因而成為無常而不常住的——這正是你自己不肯承認的。

(第三層——若改說煖觸為火,則成俱時):假如你改口說:就在那熾燃的木頭等上面,那一分煖觸叫作火,其餘的部分叫作薪——那麼火與薪就是同時而起的,並且應該成為異體,因為兩者的相狀不同。

既然如此,你就得說『依』是什麼意思了。這兩樣既是同時生起,怎麼還可以說是依薪而立火呢?因為這個火並不是用薪作它的因——它們各自從自己的因、同時生起;也不是這個火的名稱是因薪而立的——因為立『火』這個名,是因煖觸而立的。

(第四層——若說依即俱生或依止,則自壞其宗):假如你說『火依薪』這句話,是要顯示『俱生』或『依止』的意思,那麼就該許可補特伽羅與蘊也是俱生的、或是依止於蘊的。可是這樣一來,你已經分明承認它的體與蘊相異了——按理就應該承認。而且,若蘊沒有了,補特伽羅的體也該沒有,正如薪若沒有火體也就沒有;而你並不承認如此。所以這一番解釋不合理。

(第五層——回破他自設之難):然而他在這裡自己設了一個難:「若火異薪,薪應不熱。」那就該把話說定:你說的『熱』是指什麼?

假如他解釋說:熱就是煖觸——那麼薪就不是熱的,因為兩者體相不同。假如他又解釋說:熱是指與煖相合——那麼異體之物也就得叫作熱了,因為真正叫作火的只指煖觸,其餘凡與煖相合的都可以得『熱』之名;這樣一來,就分明承認薪也叫作熱。既然如此,雖然薪與火是異,你所說的過失也就不成立了——那麼你在這裡舉這個難,又是為了什麼?

(第六層——若說遍燃時通名薪火,則一異之遮無理可立):假如你說:木頭等遍體熾燃的時候,既叫作薪也叫作火——那就更該說清『依』是什麼意思了。這樣一來,補特伽羅與色等蘊就一定是『一』,沒有道理能遮得住。

:所以他所說的「如依薪立火,如是依蘊立補特伽羅」,進一步退一步地推徵下去,道理都立不住。

四、五種爾焰之難·施設所託之難

:又,他若承認補特伽羅與蘊「一異俱不可說」,那麼他所承認的三世(過去·現在·未來)、無為、以及不可說——這五種爾焰(爾焰=所知,指一切可知之法的分類)也都應該成為不可說的了;因為補特伽羅既不可說是第五種、也不可說不是第五種。

又,他所施設的補特伽羅,還應該更確實地陳明:它是託著什麼而施設的?

若說託著蘊——那麼『假』的意思就已經成立了,因為施設補特伽羅並不是託著補特伽羅本身。若說這個施設是託著補特伽羅本身——那麼上面為什麼要說『依諸蘊立』呢?按理就只該說『依補特伽羅』。既然你不承認這樣說,所以只能是託蘊。

若說:有蘊在,這個才可得而知,所以我上面才說『此依蘊立』——那麼,諸色也是要有眼根等緣才可了知的,照這說法,就該說『色依眼等』了。

五、六識所識之難——把「不可說一異」逼到底

論(設問):又,姑且應當說說:補特伽羅是六識之中哪一識所識的?

答(犢子部):六識都能識它。為什麼呢?譬如某一時眼識識了色,因此而知道有補特伽羅,就說這個叫作『眼識所識』,而不可以說它與色是一是異;乃至某一時意識識了法,因此而知道有補特伽羅,就說這個叫作『意識所識』,而不可以說它與法是一是異。

破(第一難——則同乳酪,唯是假立):若是這樣,你所計的補特伽羅就該跟乳酪等一樣,只是假施設而已。因為譬如眼識識諸色的時候,若因此能知道有乳等,便說乳等是眼識所識,而不可以說它與色是一是異;乃至身識覺諸觸的時候,若因此能知道有乳等,便說乳等是身識所識,而不可以說它與觸是一是異——否則乳等就要成了『四大所成』或『非四大所成』的兩難了。由這一比,就該成立:是總依著諸蘊而假施設有補特伽羅,正如世間總依色等而施設乳等,是假不是實。

破(第二難——「因茲知有」四字的兩關):又,他所說的「若於一時眼識識色,因茲知有補特伽羅」,這句話是什麼意思?是說『諸色是了知補特伽羅的因』呢?還是說『了色的時候補特伽羅也一併可了』呢?

若說諸色是了知它的因,而又說它不異於色——那麼,諸色是以眼根、光明、作意等等為了知之因的,照樣就該說『色不異於眼等』了。

若說了色的時候它也一併可了,那又要問:是色能了它、就是了它嗎?還是在這中間另有一個能了的?

若說色能了、就是能了它,那就該承認它的體即是色,或者只是就色而假立此名;再不然就不該有這樣的分別——說『這一類是色、這一類是此』。若沒有這兩種分別,怎麼還立得起『有色、有補特伽羅』呢?因為有情本來就是由分別而立的。

若說在這中間另有一個能了的,那麼了知之時既有分別,此就應該異於色——像黃異於青、前異於後那樣。乃至於就『法』一路去徵難,也是一樣。

破(第三難——救亦壞宗):他若救說:正如『此』與色不可決定說是一是異,那兩種能了彼此相望也是如此——那麼能了就不該是有為所攝了。若承認這樣,便壞了自己的宗。

破(第四難——違經):又,若實有補特伽羅,而它不可說是色是非色,那麼世尊為什麼作這樣的說:色乃至識都沒有我?

破(第五難——所緣緣之逼問):又,他既承認補特伽羅是眼識所得,那麼這個眼識,於色與此二者之中是緣什麼而起的?

若是緣色而起,就不該說眼識能了補特伽羅,因為它不是眼識之緣,就像聲處等不是眼識之緣一樣。這是說:若有識是緣此境而起的,就是用此境作它的所緣緣;補特伽羅既不是眼識之緣,怎麼可以說它是眼識所緣?所以這個一定不是眼識所了的。

若說眼識生起時是緣此、或是色與此同緣,那就違背經說了——因為契經中決定地判:識之生起是由二緣(根與境)。又契經說:「苾芻當知,眼因色緣能生眼識」,凡所有的眼識都是緣眼與色的緣故。

又若這樣,補特伽羅就該是無常的了,因為契經這樣說:凡是諸因諸緣所能生識的,都是無常之性。

破(第六難——退作非所緣則自壞):他若於是說補特伽羅不是識之所緣——那它就該不是所識;若不是所識,就該不是所知;若不是所知,怎麼還立得起『有』?立不起『有』,就壞了自己的宗。

破(第七難——六識所識則成六異):又,若承認它是六識所識的,那麼因為是眼識所識,它就該異於聲等,正如色那樣;因為是耳識所識,它就該異於色等,譬如聲那樣。其餘各識所識的,照這樣去為難就是了。

六、五根行處各別之經難與會通

論(第八難——違五根各別之經):又,立此為六識所識,便違背經說。如契經所言:「梵志當知,五根行處境界各別,各唯受用自所行處及自境界,非有異根亦能受用異根行處及異境界。五根謂眼耳鼻舌身,意兼受用五根行處及彼境界,彼依意故。」(五根各有各的行處與境界,互不越界;唯有意根兼能受用五根的行處與境界,因為五根是依意而轉的。)

再不然,你就不該執補特伽羅是五根之境;這樣一來它便不是五識所識了,於是又有違背自宗之過。

論(犢子部反難):若是這樣,意根的境也該是別的呀。如六生喻契經中所說:「如是六根行處境界各有差別,各別樂求自所行處及自境界。」

論(會通):那部經裡並不是就眼等六根本身而說的——因為眼等五根以及它們所生的識,並沒有『樂見』等等的勢力(無情之根與剎那之識不會有樂求)。那只是就眼等五根的增上勢力所引起的意識,而叫作眼等根;至於獨行意根(不依五根而獨起的意根)增上勢力所引的意識,是不能樂求眼等五根所行的境界的。所以那部經的意思並不違背前面所說,前面的過失也就不成立。

七、一切所達所知法門之經——這裡沒有補特伽羅

:又,世尊說:「苾芻當知,吾今為汝具足演說一切所達所知法門。」(世尊要把一切可通達、可了知的法門完整地說一遍。)

問:它的體是什麼?答:就是諸眼、色、眼識、眼觸,以及眼觸為緣而於內所生的受——或樂、或苦、或不苦不樂;如此廣說下去,乃至意觸為緣而於內所生的受——或樂、或苦、或不苦不樂。這就叫作『一切所達所知』。

由這一段經文,就決定地判明:一切可通達可了知之法只有這麼多;這裡面並沒有補特伽羅。所以補特伽羅也應當不是所識的——因為慧與識所緣的境必定相同。

那些說『眼見補特伽羅』的人,應當知道:眼根所見的只是它所有的那一分色;在不是我的上面說是見我,他便要跌落到惡見的深坑裡去。

八、人契經——唯由此量說名為人

:所以佛經之中自己就把這個義理判定了,說:只是就著諸蘊而說『補特伽羅』。像人契經這樣說:

「眼及色為緣生於眼識,三和合觸俱起受想思。」——這裡面,後四樣(觸·受·想·思)是無色蘊所攝,最初的眼與色叫作色蘊;只由這麼多,就說名為『人』。

就在這裡面隨著義理的差別而假立種種名想:或叫作有情、不悅意生、儒童、養者、命者、生者、補特伽羅,也自己稱說「我眼見色」。又隨著世俗說:這位具壽有這樣的名字、這樣的種族、這樣的姓類、這樣的飲食、這樣的受樂、這樣的受苦、這樣的長壽、這樣的久住、這樣的壽際。

「苾芻當知,此唯名想,此唯自稱,但隨世俗假施設有。如是一切無常有為,從眾緣生、由思所造。」

世尊常常教誡要依了義經;這一部經正是了義的,不應該另作別解。

九、十二處經·彼部所誦經·頻毘婆羅經

:又,薄伽梵告訴梵志說:「我說一切有唯是十二處。」(一切存在只有內六處與外六處這十二類。)那麼,若數取趣不是十二處所攝,它沒有體這件事就成立了;若是處所攝,就不該說它是不可說的。

他們自部所誦的契經也說:「諸所有眼、諸所有色」,廣說乃至「苾芻當知,如來齊此施設一切建立一切有自體法」——這裡面並沒有補特伽羅,怎麼可以說它有實體?

頻毘婆羅契經也說:「諸有愚昧無聞異生,隨逐假名計為我者,此中無有我我所性,唯有一切眾苦法體將正已生」,如此廣說。

有一位阿羅漢苾芻尼名叫世羅,為魔王說偈:

〔引頌·非本頌〕 你墮在惡見的路上,於空無的行聚之中,妄執有一個有情;有智慧的人通達那是沒有的。就像攬取眾多的部分,假想地立為一輛車;世俗立一個有情,也應當知道是攬取諸蘊而立的。

世尊在《雜阿笈摩》中為婆羅門婆拕梨說偈:

〔引頌·非本頌〕 婆拕梨你且諦聽,這是能解開種種結縛之法——所謂依著心的緣故而染污,也依著心的緣故而清淨。我其實沒有『我』的體性,只是顛倒的緣故才執有;沒有有情、沒有我,唯有那些有因之法。所謂十二有支所攝的蘊、處、界,審細地思量這一切,其中沒有補特伽羅。既然觀見內是空的,觀外之空也是一樣;連那個能修空觀的人,也是了不可得。

十、執我五失·犢子部斥諸經非量

:經說執我有五種過失——就是起我見與有情見而墮惡見趣、同於諸外道而越出正路、於空性之中心不能悟入、不能生淨信、不能安住、不得解脫,聖法在他身上不能清淨。

論(犢子部斥):這些都不是量(量=可據以定是非的憑準)。為什麼呢?因為在我這一部之中從來不誦這些經。

論(論主逼問):你宗所許的『量』,是以部為量,還是以佛言為量?若以部為量,那佛就不是你的師父、你也就不是釋子;若是以佛言為量,這些都是佛言,怎麼會不是量?

論(犢子部答):這些說法都不是真的佛言。為什麼呢?因為我這一部不誦。

論(論主破):這太不合理了。

問:不合理在哪裡?答:像這樣的經文是諸部都誦的,既不違背法性,也不違背其餘的契經,而你竟敢在裡面隨意誹撥,說「我不誦故非真佛言」——這只是縱容兇狂而已,所以極不合理。

:又,在你們那一部裡難道就沒有這一部經嗎——就是說「一切法皆非我性」的那一部。

若他的意思是說:補特伽羅與所依之法不一不異,所以說一切法皆非我——既然如此,它就該不是意識所識的了,因為『二緣生識』的經已經決定判明了。

又,其餘的經又要怎麼會通?譬如契經說:「非我計我此中具有想心見倒」——計我而成顛倒,是就『非我』上說的,並沒有說是就『我』上說的,何必費心會通?

問:『非我』是指什麼?答:就是蘊、處、界。

論(犢子部):這就違背前面所說的「補特伽羅與色等蘊不一不異」了。

:又其餘的經說:「苾芻當知,一切沙門婆羅門等諸有執我等隨觀見,一切唯於五取蘊起。」所以並沒有依著『我』而起我見這回事,只是在非我之法上妄加分別,當作是我。

又其餘的經說:「諸有已憶正憶當憶種種宿住,一切唯於五取蘊起」所以決定沒有補特伽羅。

論(犢子部難):若是這樣,為什麼這部經又說「我於過去世有如是色」等等?

論(答):這部經是為了顯示:能憶宿生的時候,是在一段相續之中有種種事。若是見有一個實有的補特伽羅在過去生中能有色等,怎麼不算墮在『起身見』的過失裡?再不然,你就得誹撥說沒有這部經。所以這部經是依著總說的假我而說的,說『有如是色』等等,是如聚如流的說法(像一堆一流那樣的假合相續)。

十一、一切智——不是一念頓知,是相續有能

論(犢子部難):若是這樣,世尊就該不是一切智了——因為沒有一個心心所法能夠知道一切法,剎那剎那各異、生了又滅的緣故。若承認有我,才可能遍知一切;那麼補特伽羅就該是常住的了,因為心滅的時候它不滅——這樣一來,就越出你自己所許的宗了。

論(答):我們並不是說佛能於一切法一念之間頓時遍知,所以才叫他一切智者;只是就『相續有堪能』而說的——所謂得佛之名的那一段諸蘊相續,成就了這樣殊勝的堪能:才一作意,於所欲知的境上就有無倒之智生起,所以叫作一切智,並不是於一念之間能夠頓時遍知。所以在這裡有這樣的頌:

〔引頌·非本頌〕 由於相續之中有這樣的堪能,就像火能吃盡一切;一切智也是這樣,並不是由一念頓時遍知。

:問:怎麼知道是就相續而說『知一切法』,不是有一個『我』在遍知?答:因為說佛世尊有三世的緣故。

問:在什麼地方說的?答:像有頌說:

〔引頌·非本頌〕 若是過去的諸佛,若是未來的諸佛,若是現在的諸佛,都滅除眾生的憂苦。

你宗只承認蘊有三世,不承認數取趣有三世,所以一定該是這樣(有三世的是相續之蘊,不是我)。

十二、重擔經之難——重擔·取捨重擔·荷重擔者

論(犢子部難):若只有五取蘊叫作補特伽羅,那麼世尊為什麼作這樣的說:「吾今為汝說諸重擔、取捨重擔、荷重擔者」?

論(反問):為什麼在這裡佛就不該這樣說?

論(犢子部申難):不應該是重擔自己就叫作能荷的。為什麼呢?因為從來沒見過這種事。而『不可說』的那件事也不應該說(既說重擔又說荷者,可見荷者不是重擔本身)。為什麼呢?也是因為從來沒見過。又,取重擔的就不該是蘊所攝——因為重擔自己取自己,從來沒見過。

論(答):然而經中說『愛』名為取擔者,愛既然是蘊所攝,那麼荷擔者也應該一樣(同是蘊所攝)——就在諸蘊上立一個數取趣罷了。

只是恐怕有人把這個補特伽羅當作不可說的、常住的、實有的,所以這部經後面佛自己解釋說:「但隨世俗,說此具壽有如是名」,如此廣說——正像上面所引的人契經的文句一樣。這是為了讓人了解:這個補特伽羅是可說的、無常的、不是實有之性。

那麼三者怎麼講?就是五取蘊自身互相逼害,得了『重擔』之名;前前剎那引起後後剎那,所以叫作『荷者』。所以並沒有實有的補特伽羅。

十三、化生有情之難——邪見所謗的是什麼

論(犢子部難):補特伽羅一定應該是實有的,因為契經說:凡撥無化生有情的,都被邪見所攝。

論(答):誰說沒有化生有情?正如佛所說的:我說是有的。所謂蘊之相續能往後世,不是由胎生卵生濕生而來的,就叫作化生有情;撥說它沒有,所以被邪見所攝。化生的諸蘊,按理是實有的。

又,你們承認這種邪見是誹謗補特伽羅的——那你們就得說:這邪見是見所斷還是修所斷?

(若說)是見所斷、修所斷——道理都不通。因為補特伽羅不是四諦所攝(不在四諦之中,見道緣諦而斷,無從斷它),而邪見也不該是修所斷的。

十四、生在世間之難——「生」是什麼意思

論(犢子部難):若說經中說「有一補特伽羅生在世間」,而它竟不是蘊——這也不合理。

論(答):這是在總說之中假說一個而已,就像世間說『一麻·一米·一聚·一言』那樣(總合而說一)。

再不然,補特伽羅就得承認是有為所攝的,因為契經說它『生在世間』。

論(答):這裡說的『生』並不是像蘊那樣新起。

問:那是依什麼意思說『生在世間』?答:是依著此時取了別的蘊這個意思說的——就像世間說「能祠者生」「記論者生」,那是就取了明論(婆羅門所誦之典)而說的;又像世間說「有苾芻生」「有外道生」,那是就取了某種儀式而說的;又像世間說「有老者生」「有病者生」,那是就取了某一階段之位而說的。

論(再破):佛已經把這條路遮斷了,所以這個救法不成立。如勝義空契經中說:「有業有異熟,作者不可得。」——所謂能捨此蘊、能續餘蘊的,唯除法上的假說之外別無其物。所以佛已經遮了。頗勒具那契經也說:「我終不說有能取者。」所以決定沒有一個補特伽羅能在世間取捨諸蘊。

又,你所引的『祠者等生』,它的體是什麼,居然能拿來作這個譬喻?若執它是我,那是彼此都不共許的;若說是心心所,它們念念滅、新新生,取捨就不成立;若許它是身,那也跟心等一樣(剎那生滅)。

又,正如明論等與身是相異的,蘊也就該異於補特伽羅了;老病二身各與先前之身有別,而『轉變』一義在破數論處前面已經遣除了。所以他所引的那些譬喻都不成立。

又,既承認是蘊生而不是數取趣生,那就一定是承認它異於蘊、而且是常了。

十五、造色即大種之類比——彼宗自身之過

論(犢子部難):又,這個(補特伽羅)只有一個,而蘊體有五,為什麼不說它與蘊有異呢?就像大種有四,而所造之色只是一,難道就說造色不異於大種嗎?

論(答):那是彼宗自己的過失。

問:說的是哪一宗?答:就是那些主張『造色即是大種』的人。

假使照他們的見解,就應該這樣質問:正如諸造色即是四大種,那麼也就該即是五蘊而立補特伽羅了(既許即,就不能再說不可說一異)。

十六、命者即身之置記——龍軍與畢隣陀王

論(犢子部難):若補特伽羅就是諸蘊,世尊為什麼不記別『命者即是身』?

論(答):是觀察那個能問的人的阿世耶(阿世耶=意樂,發問者心裡真正的傾向)的緣故。

那位問的人執有一個『在內起作用的士夫』,其體是實而不是虛名,把它叫作命者,依著這個去問佛與身是一是異。這樣東西根本沒有,一與異就都不成立——既然如此,怎麼可以就它與身記別一異?正如龜毛之硬軟不可記別一樣。

:古昔的諸師早已解開這個結了。從前有一位大德名叫龍軍,具足三明六通與八解脫。當時有一位畢隣陀王,到大德那裡這樣說:我今天來意是要請問所疑;然而諸沙門性好多話,尊者若能直截回答,我才要請問。大德接受了他的請求。

王就問說:命者與身,是一還是異?大德答說:這個不應該記別。

王說:豈不是先有約定嗎?如今為什麼說別的、不答我所問?

大德反過來質問說:我想要問一個疑。然而諸國王性好多話,大王若能直截回答,我才要發問。王便受教。

大德問說:大王宮中諸菴羅樹所生的果味,是酸的還是甜的?王說:宮中本來沒有這種樹。

大德又責說:先前不是有約定嗎?如今為什麼說別的、不答我所問?王說:宮內既然沒有這種樹,怎麼可以答說果味是甘是酢?

大德教誨說:命者也是沒有的,怎麼可以說它與身是一是異?

十七、佛何不逕說命者都無——恐彼墮邪見

論(犢子部又問):佛為什麼不說命者都無?

論(答):也是觀察發問者的阿世耶的緣故。那位問的人或者是就諸蘊相續而稱之為命者,依著這個發問;世尊若答『命者都無』,他就要墮入邪見,所以佛不那樣說。因為他還不能了達緣起之理,不是堪受正法之器,佛就不為他說『假有』。

按理一定該是這樣,因為世尊自己說過。如世尊告訴阿難陀說:有一位姓筏蹉的出家外道,來到我這裡這樣問:我於世間是有還是非有?我不為他記別。為什麼呢?若記別為『有』,就違背法的真理,因為一切法都沒有我;若記別為『無』,就增長他的愚惑,他便要以為『我先前是有、如今沒有了』。相對於執有之愚,這種愚更嚴重——因為執有我就墮在常邊,若執無我就墮在斷邊;這兩者的輕重,經中廣說。

依著這個義理,所以有頌說:

〔引頌·非本頌〕 看那被見所傷、以及壞了諸善業的人,所以佛說正法,就像母虎銜著自己的孩子一樣(銜得太緊則傷、太鬆則墜)。執真我為有,就被見的牙齒所傷;撥俗我為無,便壞了善業之子。

又說頌說:

〔論主自造頌·非本頌〕 由於實有的命者是沒有的,所以佛不說一或異;又恐怕人撥無假立之我,所以也不說『都無』。這是說:蘊的相續之中,有業果、有命者(假名之命者);若說沒有命者,他就把這個也撥成沒有了。不說『諸蘊之中有假名的命者』,是由於觀察發問的人沒有能力理解真空。像這樣觀察筏蹉的意樂差別,所以他問有我無我,佛不答有也不答無。

十八、何緣不記世間常等——四記皆非理

論(設問):為什麼不記別『世間是常』等等(十四無記中的常·無常·亦常亦無常·非常非無常四句)?

論(答):也是觀察發問者的阿世耶的緣故。

若發問的人是執『我』為世間——我的體根本沒有,所以四種記別都不合理。

若是執『生死』都叫作世間——佛的四種記別也都不合理。這是說:若記為『常』,就沒有得涅槃這回事;若記為『非常』,那便是自己斷滅,不待用功大家都得涅槃了;若記為『亦常亦非常』,那就一定有一分有情永不得涅槃,另一分有情自然證得圓寂;若記為『非常非非常』,那就成了『不是得涅槃、也不是不得涅槃』——決定相違,便成戲論。然而依著聖道是可以般涅槃的,所以那四種決定的記別都不合理。

就像離繫子問雀之死生,佛知道他的心而不作決定的記別。

:至於『有邊』等四句也不記別,是因為跟常等四句一樣都有過失。

問:怎麼知道這四句的義理與常等相同?答:因為有一位外道名叫嗢底迦,先問世間有邊等四句,後來又設個方便,換個說法問世尊:是諸世間都由聖道能得出離呢,還是只有一分?尊者阿難因此告訴他說:你用這件事已經問過世尊了,如今為什麼改個名目重問?所以知道後面四句的義理與前面相同。

:又是什麼緣故,世尊不記別『如來死後有』等四句呢?也是觀察發問者的阿世耶的緣故——因為發問的人是妄計那個已經解脫的我叫作如來而發問的。

論(今反詰執我者):如今應該詰問那些計有我的人:佛為什麼記別『有現在的補特伽羅』,卻不記別『如來死後也有』?

他說:是恐怕有墮常的過失。

若是這樣,佛為什麼記別『慈氏,你於來世當得作佛』,以及記別弟子身壞命終、某甲如今已生某處?這難道不是有墮常的過失嗎?

若說佛先前見有補特伽羅,等他涅槃了便不再見,因為不知道所以不記別為有——那就等於誹撥大師不具一切智了。再不然,就該承認『不記別是由於我體都無』。

若說世尊是見了而不說,那就有『離蘊』與『常住』兩重過失。若說見與不見都不可說,那就該連帶著說『佛是一切智、不是一切智也不可說』了。

十九、諦故住故之難·執有我墮常邊

論(犢子部難):若說實有補特伽羅,是因為契經說『諦故住故』,而且說決定執無我的人墮惡見處。

論(答):這不成其為證,因為那部經也說『決定執有我的人墮惡見處』。

阿毘達磨諸論師說:執我為有、執我為無,兩頭都是邊見所攝,依次墮在常邊與斷邊。那位論師所說很合道理——因為執有我就墮常邊,執無我就墮斷邊,前面的《筏蹉經》分明說過。

二十、誰在流轉生死——如燎原火

論(犢子部難):若決定沒有補特伽羅,那是說誰在流轉生死?因為生死不會自己流轉。然而薄伽梵於契經中說:諸有情被無明所覆、被貪愛所繫而馳流生死;所以一定該有補特伽羅。

論(反問):那麼這個又是怎麼流轉生死的?

論(犢子部):由捨前蘊、取後蘊的緣故。

論(答):這樣的義宗前面已經徵遣過了。就像燎原之火雖然剎那剎那地滅,而由於相續,就說有『流轉』;同樣地,蘊聚假說為有情,以愛與取為緣而流轉生死。

論(犢子部難):若只有蘊,為什麼世尊作這樣的說:「今我於昔為世導師名為妙眼」?

論(答):這樣說有什麼過失嗎?(若真如你說有一個實我)蘊各各相異啊。

問:那是什麼物?答(犢子部):就是補特伽羅——昔日的我即是今日的我。

論(破):那體就該是常住的了。所以說「今我昔為師」這句話,是顯示昔與今是同一相續,就像說「此火曾燒彼事」一樣。

二十一、若定有真我,則我愛我執之過

:若說決定有真實的我,那就該只有佛能明了地觀見它;觀見了之後就該生起堅固的我執,從這我執又生我所執,從此又該生起我愛與我所愛。所以薄伽梵這樣說:若執有我便執我所,執我所故於諸蘊中便復發生我我所愛薩迦耶見;被我愛所縛的人就是謗佛,離解脫很遠。

若說對於『我』不起我愛——這句話沒有意義。為什麼呢?在非我之中橫計為我,還容得起我愛;在真實的我上面(若真見我而不愛,反成不可解)。像這樣所說,沒有道理可作為證。所以那些人在佛的真聖教中,沒有因緣能起見的瘡皰。

論(總結三類):像這樣一類是執有『不可說的補特伽羅』;另有一類是總撥一切法體都不存在;外道則執有另外一個真實的我性——這一切見解都不合理,都免不了『沒有解脫』的過失。

二十二、憶念記知——無我而憶念如何成立

論(外難):若一切種類的我體都沒有,剎那滅的心,對於曾經領受過的、久遠的相似之境,憑什麼能夠憶知?

論(答):這樣的憶知,是從相續之內『念境想類』的心之差別而生的。

問:最初的憶念是從什麼樣的心之差別無間而生的?答:是從『有緣彼境的作意、相似、相屬、想』等等,並且不被依止差別、愁憂、散亂等等緣所損壞功德的那種心之差別而生起的。

雖然有這樣的作意等緣,若沒有那一類心之差別,就沒有堪能修起這個憶念;雖然有那一類心之差別作因,若沒有這樣的緣,也沒有能修之理——必須兩種都具足,才可能修起。諸憶念的生起只是由於這些,因為離開這些看不到別的功能。

論(外難):怎麼會是這樣呢——不同的心所見的,後來另一個不同的心竟能憶起?並沒有『天授的心曾經見過的境,後來祠授的心能憶念』這種道理啊。

論(答):這個難不合理,因為那是不相屬的。這是說:那兩個心彼此不相屬,不像同一相續之中有因果性。我們並不是說『異心所見、異心能憶』,因為相續是同一的。是從過去緣彼境的心,引起今時能憶念的識——就像前面所說的,由相續轉變差別之力,所以生念,有什麼過失?

由這憶念之力,後來才有記知(記知=把所憶的認定下來)的生起。

論(外難):我體既然沒有,那麼是誰在能憶?

論(答):『能憶』是什麼意思?答:由念而能取境。

問:這個取境豈不是異於念?答:雖然不異於念,只是由於有『作者』;而這作者就是前面所說的念之因,也就是那一類心之差別。

然而世間所說『制怛羅能憶』,這是就蘊之相續而立『制怛羅』之名;從先前的見心而後有憶念生起,依這樣的道理才說他能憶。

論(外難):我體若沒有,這念是誰的念?是依什麼意思說第六聲(第六聲=屬格,『某某的』那種說法)?

論(答):這第六聲是依屬主之義說的。

問:什麼物屬於什麼主?答:這就像牛等屬於制怛羅。

問:他怎麼算是牛的主?答:就是在那乘它、搆它、役使它等等事情上他能得自在。

論(反詰):那麼你想要在什麼地方驅役這個念,竟這樣勤加方便去尋求一個『念的主人』?

答:在所念之境上驅役於念。

問:驅役念是為了什麼?答:就是為了令念生起。

:奇怪呀,這樣自在地說出沒道理的話——難道是為了『生此』而驅役『此』嗎(念尚未生,拿什麼去驅役它)?

又,我對於念是怎麼驅役的?是令念生起,還是令念運行?念沒有『行』的相狀,所以只能是令念生起。那麼『因』就叫作主、『果』就叫作能屬——由因的增上力量令果得生,所以因叫作主;果在生的時候是因所有的,所以叫作能屬。既然生念之因就足以作念之主,何必勞駕再立一個我作念的主人?

就像諸行聚一類相續,世間共同施設『制怛羅』與『牛』,立制怛羅為牛主——那是牛的相續在別處生起,而他是使之變異之因,所以叫作主;這中間並沒有一個實在的制怛羅,也沒有實在的牛,只是假施設而已,所以說『牛主』一語也離不開因。

憶念既然如此,記知也是一樣。像這樣辨明憶與知,那麼『誰是能了、是誰的識』等等問題,也應當照這樣去解釋。至於識的因緣與前面所說有別的,就是根與境等等,隨其所應當知。

二十三、破數論師——事用必待事用者

論(數論敘宗):有人作這樣的說:決定有我,因為事用必定要有一個『作事用的人』。這是說:諸種事用都要待一個作事用者,就像天授之行走,必定要待天授這個人。行走是事用,天授是作事用者。像這樣,識等等所有的事用,也必定要待一個所依的『能了知者』。

論(今詰彼):如今應該詰問他:你說的『天授』是什麼?

若說是實我,這已如前面所破。若說是假立的士夫——那它的體就不是一個東西,只是在諸行相續之上假立這個名而已;那麼正如天授能行,識能了也是這樣(同是就相續假立)。

問:依什麼道理說天授能行?答:就是在剎那生滅的諸行上,不異相續而立『天授』之名;愚夫在裡面執為一個整體,把它當作自相續在別處生起之因。在別處生起叫作『行』,那個因就叫作『行者』——依這個道理說天授能行。

正如焰與聲在別處相續而起,世間就依這個說『焰能行·聲能行』。像這樣,天授之身能作識之因,所以世間也說『天授能了』。然而諸聖者為了隨順世間的言說之理,也這樣說。

論(識於所緣有何所作):經說諸識能了所緣——那麼識對於所緣究竟作了什麼?答:什麼也沒作,只是憑著境而生罷了。就像果酬報因,雖然沒有作什麼,而似因而起,就叫作『酬因』;像這樣,識之生起雖然沒有作什麼,而似於境,所以叫作『了境』。

問:怎麼叫作『似境』?答:就是帶著那個境的相狀。所以諸識雖然也是託根而生的,卻不叫作『了根』,只叫作『了境』(因為它帶的是境相,不是根相)。

再不然,識於境上相續生起的時候,前識為因引起後識,說『識能了』也沒有過失——因為世間就『因』而說『作者』。就像世間說鐘鼓能鳴,或像說燈能行,說識能了也是一樣。

問:依什麼道理說燈能行?答:在焰的相續之中假立『燈』之號,燈在別處相續生起的時候就說『燈行』,並沒有另外一個能行的人。像這樣,在心的相續上假立『識』之名,於別的境上生起時就說它『能了』。或者像色有色生、色住,這中間並沒有另外一個能生者能住者;說『識能了』,道理也應該是這樣。

論(心何以不恒似前):若說後識之生是從識而不是從我——那麼問:何緣是從識呢?答:因為它不恒似前,也不定次而生,像芽莖葉等次第有異那樣;因為有為法都有『住異』之相。

這是說:諸有為法的自性本來如此——微細相續,後必異於前。若不是這樣,縱使有人入了定,身心相續前後相似而生,後念與最初之念既然毫無差別,那就不該有最後一念自然出定這回事了。

諸心相續也有一定的次第:若這個心之次應當生那個心,那麼在這個心之後那個心必定生起;也要有少分行相等相順的心,才能彼此相生,因為種性有別的緣故。譬如女子之心無間生起莊嚴污染其身之心,或生起緣其夫其子之心等;後時從這些心相續轉變差別,又還生起女心。像這樣,女心對於後來所起的莊嚴污染等心有生的功能,異於此則無功能,由於種性有別的緣故。

女心無間可以生起許多種心,然而許多心之中,若是先前數數生起的、明了的、近起的,就先起而不是其餘的——因為像這樣的心修習之力最強的緣故;唯除將起之位身外的緣有差別。

問:修力最強盛的,為什麼不恒時生它的自果?答:由於此心有『住異』之相的緣故;這住異之相,於別的修果相續生起之中最為隨順(所以果的生起有先後之別,不是一味恒生)。

論(結歸佛智):諸心品類次第相生的因緣之大略,我已經略說;委悉了達只在世尊,因為他於一切法中智得自在。依這個義理,所以有頌說:

〔引頌·非本頌〕 在一支孔雀尾輪之上,那一切種類的因相,不是其餘智慧的境界,唯有一切智者能知。

二十四、破勝論師——諸心皆從我生

:色的差別之因尚且難了,何況心與心所這些無色之法的因緣差別,豈是容易了知的?

論(勝論敘宗):有一類外道作這樣的執:諸心生起的時候都是從我而生。

論(正破·借前二難):前面那兩個難,對他最為切要——若諸心之生都是從我,那麼何緣後識不恒似前、又不定次而生,像芽莖葉等那樣(我是常一,果應無別)?

論(勝論救·待意合):若說是由於待『我與意相合』的差別,才有不同的識生起——這道理決定不然。因為『我與其餘之物相合』彼此並不共許;而且兩物相合是有分限的。這是說:他們自家解釋『合』之相就說:先前不至、後來至了,這叫作合。那麼我與意相合就該有分限;意既移轉,我也該移轉,或者該與意一同壞滅。

若說是一分相合——道理也決定不然,因為在一個我體之中並沒有各別的分。

就算許它有合,我體既是常,意又沒有別異,這個『合』又怎麼會有差別?

若說是待別的覺(別異的覺受)——為難也是一樣:那個覺又是因什麼而有差別?

若說是待行(心行)的差別而我與意合——那就該只由心待行的差別便能生起不同的識,還要我作什麼?我對於識之生毫無用處,卻說諸識都從我生——就像藥的事情已經成辦、病已經能除了,卻誑騙醫師,硬說是唸了『普莎訶』的咒語之功。

論(勝論救·我為所依):若說這心與行兩樣是由我才有的——這只是空話,沒有道理作證。

若說這心與行兩樣以我為所依——那要問:像誰與誰作所依的意思?

若說不是心與行如畫如果、我為能持如壁如器(畫依壁·果依器)——這樣就有『彼此互相妨礙』之失,以及有時會『各別而住』之失。所以我不是像壁與器那樣作它們的依。

問:那麼是怎樣?答(勝論):這只是像地一樣,能作香等四物的所依。

論(順其喻而反成無我):他這樣說,正好證成無我,所以我在這裡深深地生起喜慰——正如世間之地離不開香等,我也應該如此,離不開心行。

誰能了知一個離開香等的地?只是在香等的聚集差別上,世俗流布而立一個『地』的名字罷了。我也應當如此——只是在心等諸蘊的差別上,假立一個『我』的名字。

問:若離開香等便沒有別的地,那怎麼說『地有香等』?答:那是為了顯示地體之中有香等的差別,所以就地而說有香等,好讓人了達是這個不是別的——像世間說『木像的身』等等一樣(木即是像,而仍可說像之身)。

論(又難):又若有我而待行的差別(才生識),何不同時生起一切智?

論(勝論答):若那時這個行的功用最強,這個就能遮其餘的、令它們不生果。

論(難):那麼從最強的,果何以不恒常地生?

論(勝論答):這個就像前面所說修力的道理——因為許『行』不是常的,是漸漸變異的。

論(結破):若是這樣,計我就成了白費——因為是行力令心的差別生起的呀。

論(勝論救·德句義):那個行與這個修體性沒有差別的緣故,必定應該相信我體是實有的——因為有『念』等等德句義(勝論六句義中的德句,指屬性),而德必定要依止於實句義(實體),而念等依於其餘之物在道理上不成立。

論(破):這個證不合理,因為不是彼此共許的。這是說:你說念等是德句義所攝、其體都不是實——這義理並不共許,因為(我們)許有別體的都叫作『實』;經中說『六實物』而名為沙門果的緣故。

那麼他說念等依止於實我,道理也不成立——『依』的意思如前面已經遮遣過了。由此他所立的只是空話。

二十五、我執之境·作者受者·苦樂所依

論(勝論難):若我實在沒有,那是為誰造業?答:是為了我當來領受苦樂之果的緣故。

論(反問):那個我的體是什麼?答:就是我執的境。

問:什麼叫作我執的境?答:就是諸蘊相續。

問:怎麼知道是這樣?答:因為是貪愛所緣著的,並且與『白』等等的覺同處而起。這是說:世間有這樣的話——我白·我黑·我老·我少·我瘦·我肥。現見世間緣白等等的覺,與計我之執同處而生;而所計的我並沒有這些差別,所以知道我執只是緣著諸蘊。

因為身對我有防護之恩,所以也就身而假說為我,像說『臣等即是我身』那樣。在有恩之物上實在是假說為我;而諸我執之所取則不是這樣(我執所取是遍計的,不是這種假說)。

問:若許緣身也起我執,為什麼沒有緣他人之身而起的我執?答:因為他人之身與我執不相屬的緣故。這是說:若身、若心與我執相屬,這我執生起時就緣它而不緣其餘,因為無始以來這樣串習的緣故。

問:『相屬』是什麼意思?答:就是因果性。

論(勝論難):若沒有我體,這我執又是誰的我執?

論(答):這在前面已經解釋過了,何必再來?我在前面已經這樣說過:第六聲是依什麼意思而說,乃至辨明『因為果之所屬』。

問:若是這樣,我執以什麼為因?答:就是無始以來我執的熏習,以及緣自相續而有垢染的心。

論(勝論難):我體若沒有,是誰有苦樂?

論(答):若依著這個而有苦樂生起,就說這個『有苦樂』——像說林有果、樹有花那樣。

問:苦樂依於什麼?答:就是內六處,隨它們所生起之處而說為它們的依。

論(勝論難):若我實在沒有,是誰能造業?是誰能受果?

論(反問):『作』與『受』是什麼意思?答:作就是能作,受就是受者。

:這只是換了個名,還沒有顯出它的意思。辨法相的人解釋這個相說:能夠自在而為,叫作作者;能夠領受業果,得受者之名。現見世間,於某一事業若能得自在,就叫作能作——像看見天授於沐浴飲食行走能得自在,就叫他沐浴者等等。

那麼這裡面,你們說的『天授』是什麼?若說是實我,這譬喻就不共許;若說是蘊,那便不是自在的作者。

業有三種——身業·語業·意業。且說起身業必定要依身與心,身與心又各依自己的因緣而轉,因緣又展轉依自己的因緣;這中間並沒有一個自在的發起者,因為一切有為都屬於因緣。而你所執的我,既不待因緣、又無所作,所以不是自在的。由此他所說『能自在為,名作者相』,是求之而不可得的。

然而在諸法生起的因緣之中,若有殊勝的作用,就假名為作者——並不是你所執的那個我,因為看不出它有一點作用,所以決定不應名為作者。

問:能生身業的殊勝之因是什麼?答:就是從憶念引生樂欲,樂欲生尋伺,尋伺生勤勇,勤勇生風(身內動轉之風),風才發起身業。你所執的我,在這裡面有什麼用?所以於身業,我不是作者。語業意業之起,照這樣去想就是了。

:我又怎麼能領受業果?若說於果我能了別——這決定不然,因為我對於了別毫無用處,這在前面分別『生識之因』的地方已經遮遣過了。

論(勝論難):若實在沒有我,為什麼罪福不依於諸非情之處而生長?

論(答):因為那些不是愛等所依止的緣故;唯有內六處是它們的所依。我不是它們的依,如前面已說。

二十六、業果相續轉變差別——無我而業果成

論(勝論難):若實在沒有我,業已經滅壞了,怎麼還能生未來之果?

論(反問):就算有實我,業已經滅壞了,又怎麼能生未來之果?

論(勝論答):是從依止於我而生法與非法(善業與不善業之勢力)。

論(破):像誰依誰?這在前面已經破過了,所以法與非法不應該依於我。

:然而聖教之中並不作這樣的說——說是從已壞的業生未來之果。

問:那是從什麼生?答:是從業的相續轉變差別而生,就像從種生果一樣。

像世間說『果從種生』,然而果並不是從已壞的種而起,也不是從種無間就生。

問:那是從什麼生?答:是從種的相續轉變差別,果才得生。所謂種次第生芽、莖、葉等,花為最後,才引出果來。

問:若是這樣,何以說『從種生果』?答:由於種展轉地引起花中生果的功能,所以這樣說。若這花裡面生果的功能不是種先前所引起的,那麼所生之果的相狀就該與種有別(就不成其為此種之果)。

像這樣,雖然說『從業生果』,而並不是從那已壞之業生,也不是從業無間生果,只是從業的相續轉變差別而生。

問:什麼叫作相續轉變差別?答:以業為先,其後的色心生起,中間沒有間斷,叫作『相續』;就是這個相續,後後剎那異於前前而生,叫作『轉變』;就是這個轉變,於最後之時有殊勝功能,無間就能生果,勝過其餘的轉變,所以叫作『差別』。

譬如有取之識正在命終的時候,雖然帶著眾多能感後有之業所引的熏習,而其中重的、近起的、數習所引的最為明了,其餘的則不然。如有頌說:

〔引頌·非本頌〕 業之中極重的、近起的、數數修習的、先前所作的,前前者先熟、後後者後熟,如此輪轉於生死之中。

論(異熟不生異熟):在這個義理之中還有差別的地方:異熟因所引與異熟果的功能,與了異熟果之後便即謝滅;同類因所引與等流果的功能,若是染污的,對治一起就即謝滅,不染污的則要般涅槃時才永遠謝滅,因為色心相續到那時永滅的緣故。

問:何緣異熟之果不能再招異熟,而從種之果卻有別的果生?答:這譬喻本來不齊——並不是一切法都相等的。而且從種之果也並沒有別的果生。

問:若是這樣,那從什麼生後果?答:從後來的熟變差別所生。這是說:於後時就是前種之果,遇到水土等等諸熟變之緣,便能引生熟變差別。正生芽之位才得『種』之名;未熟變的時候是從當來之名而說的,或者因為相似於種,世間就說它是種。

這也是一樣:就是前面的異熟,遇到聞正法邪法等等發起善惡之緣,便能引生諸善有漏以及諸不善的有異熟之心;從此引生相續轉變,展轉能引轉變差別,從這差別而後有異熟生,不是從別的生。所以譬喻與法是相同的。

再不然,由別的法類推也可以知道:像拘櫞花上塗了紫礦汁,以相續轉變差別為因,後來果生的時候瓤便呈赤色;從這赤色更不會生出其餘的顏色。像這樣應當知道:從業的異熟,更不能引生其餘的異熟。

論(結歸佛智):前來只是隨著自己覺慧所及的境界,於諸業果略略顯示了粗相;其間異類差別的功能、諸業所熏的相續轉變、到那一位那一位而有那一果那一果生起——唯有佛能證知,不是其餘的境界。依這個義理,所以有頌說:

〔引頌·非本頌〕 這個業·這個熏習,到這個時候與果,這一切種類的決定之理,離開佛就沒有人能知。

二十七、勸學流通——全論之終

〔論主自造頌·七言·非本頌〕 已經善說了這條清淨之因的道路,所謂佛的至言、真實的法性;應當捨去那些如闇如盲的外道之執,被惡見所困的人正該去求慧眼。

這是通往涅槃宮的一條廣大之道,是千聖所遊行的『無我』之性;諸佛如日之言光所照之處,雖然睜開了殊勝之眼,卻仍看不見(不肯依此正法者,開眼亦不能覩)。

在這個方隅之內已經略說了,是為了替智者打開『慧毒門』(慧毒門=如毒入身而遍,令智慧從此一門而遍入一切法);但願各人隨著自己的力量所堪能,遍悟所知而成就殊勝的事業。


I. The General Refutation — A Self Apart from the Aggregates Is Found by Neither Direct Perception nor Inference

Treatise (stating the tenet at the opening): If one goes beyond this body of teaching and relies on another, is there then no liberation? Answer: in principle there certainly is none. Why so? Because one is deluded by the false grasping of a self.

What is meant here by “the grasping of a self”? It is the “self” grasped by the various people outside this body of teaching — they do not conventionally establish a name with regard to the continuum of the five aggregates, but grasp that there is a real self existing apart from the five aggregates. By the force of such a grasping of a self the various afflictions arise; and the afflictions having arisen, one turns without ceasing within the three existences (the desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm, the three domains of birth and death), and there is no room for liberation.

Question: What evidence is taken for saying that the grasping of a self is false? Answer: it should be known that the several names of a “self” merely hail that stretch of the continuum of the five aggregates, and do not point besides to an entity of a self. Upon that self apart from the aggregates which they reckon, there is no real direct perception (direct perception = the cognition that witnesses immediately and in person) and no real inference (inference = the cognition that infers the unseen from what has been seen) to be had.

How so? Suppose the entity of the self really were a further real thing; then it ought to be like any other existent dharma — if no obstructing condition blocked it, it ought to be obtainable by direct perception, as the six object-fields (the six objects, form, sound, scent, taste, touch, and dharmas) are obtained by the mind; or failing that, it ought to be obtainable by inference, as the five form-faculties (the five faculties possessed of form, eye, ear, nose, tongue, and body) are inferred.

Question: To say that the five form-faculties are obtained by inference — how is this to be understood? Answer: it is like what is seen in the world: although the several conditions are complete, merely because some one further condition is lacking the result does not appear; and when that condition is not lacking, the result appears — as a seed produces a sprout, water, soil, and sunlight all being present, and yet if the seed is spoiled it does not arise. In the same way it is also seen that although the object before one and attention and the rest of the conditions are all present, in the blind and the deaf and in those who are neither blind nor deaf consciousness in the one case does not arise and in the other does; and from this one dropping-out and coming-in it can certainly be determined that there is a further separate condition there, either lacking or not lacking. This separate condition is just the five faculties, the eye and the rest — and inference of this kind is called “the inference of the form-faculties.”

Conclusion: Upon a self apart from the aggregates neither of these two roads, direct perception and inference, exists; and from this point it can be known with certainty that there is no real entity of a self.

II. The Vātsīputrīyas State Their Tenet — Neither the Same as nor Different from the Aggregates · The Twofold Pressing on Real and Conventional Existence

Treatise (stating another’s tenet): Yet the Vātsīputrīyas (one of the eighteen schools of Buddhism) grasp that there is a “pudgala” (pudgala = the one who repeatedly takes up a destiny, the subject that time after time goes to take up a destiny of rebirth, commonly rendered in the older translations as “person”), and maintain that its entity is neither the same as the five aggregates nor different from them.

Treatise (the beginning of the proper refutation): This must now be well pondered and discriminated — this pudgala you posit, is it after all really existent or conventionally existent?

Question: The marks of real existence and of conventional existence, where do they differ? Answer (the Vātsīputrīyas answer): for there to be a further separate thing is the mark of real existence, as with form and with sound; for there to be merely an aggregation of several items is the mark of conventional existence, as with milk and with curds.

Question: Then, allowing it to be real, or allowing it to be conventional, what fault attends each? Answer: if its entity is really existent, it ought to differ from the aggregates, since it has a further separate entity-nature, as one aggregate is separate from another; moreover, having a real entity, it must certainly have a cause that produces it, and failing that it would be an unconditioned dharma, which is to walk the same road as the view of the non-Buddhists; moreover, it ought also to be of no use — one has merely grasped a real existent for nothing. If its entity is conventionally existent, then it is just what I (the author) say, and what is there left to argue about?

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas defend): The pudgala I posit is not divided into the two, real and conventional, as the venerable one challenges; I say only this — that a pudgala may be established in dependence on those aggregates which are inner, included in the present time, and appropriated.

Treatise (challenging again): Speaking so vaguely, the sense is still not made clear. I still do not understand: what do you mean by “dependence”?

Suppose “taking up the aggregates” is the sense of this “dependence”: then, since it is by taking up the aggregates that the pudgala comes to be, the pudgala must become conventionally existent — just as milk and curds come to be by taking up form and the rest. Suppose “being caused by the aggregates” is the sense of this “dependence”: then, since it is in dependence on the aggregates as cause that the pudgala is established, the pudgala falls likewise into the fault just stated.

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas answer): I do not posit it in that way.

Question: Then in what way do you posit it?

III. The Simile of Fire Established in Dependence on Firewood — One Simile Taken Apart Layer by Layer

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas set up the simile): It is like the world’s establishing “fire” in dependence on firewood. If you ask how establishing fire can be said to be in dependence on firewood, the answer is this — apart from firewood no fire can be established, and yet firewood and fire are neither different nor the same. For if fire differed from firewood, firewood ought not to be hot; and if fire were the same as firewood, what is burned would be what burns. Just so, a pudgala is established not apart from the five aggregates. And thus the pudgala and the aggregates are neither different nor the same: if it differed from the aggregates, its entity ought to be permanent; if it were the same as the aggregates, its entity ought to become annihilated.

Treatise (the author challenges and refutes layer by layer · the first layer — first fix the naming): The venerable one should now settle his words upon this point: which is the fire? which is the firewood? so that I may understand what this “fire in dependence on firewood” of yours after all means.

Question: How should it be stated? Answer: if it must be stated, it should be said that “what is burned is the firewood and what burns is the fire.”

Then it must further be said what is burned and what burns, such that they deserve to be called firewood and fire. Let us follow for the moment what the world commonly understands: whatever is not ablaze and is burned is called “the firewood that is burned”; whatever has brightness, is exceedingly hot and ablaze, and can burn is called “the fire that burns.” This burner sets the continuum of the thing burned to burning, so that its later moments differ from its earlier.

(The second layer — by what the world commonly says, they turn out to be of different entities): These two, though alike having the eight entities (the four great elements, earth, water, fire, and wind, and the four object-dusts, form, scent, taste, and touch) for their entity, are yet such that it is in dependence on firewood that fire is able to arise — just as curds and vinegar arise in dependence on milk and wine; and so the world commonly says “in dependence on firewood there is fire.” If this be the principle, then fire is different from firewood, since the fire that arises later and the firewood that is there earlier are separate in time.

Then if the pudgala you reckon depends on the aggregates as fire depends on firewood, it must certainly be said that it arises in dependence on the aggregates, that its entity differs from the aggregates, and that it therefore becomes impermanent and does not abide — the very thing you yourself refuse to admit.

(The third layer — if the warm touch is now called fire, they become simultaneous): Suppose you change your wording and say: upon the blazing wood and the rest, that portion which is the warm touch is called fire, and the remaining portion is called firewood — then fire and firewood arise simultaneously, and moreover they must be of different entities, since the marks of the two differ.

That being so, you must now say what “dependence” means. These two arising simultaneously, how can it still be said that fire is established in dependence on firewood? For this fire does not take the firewood for its cause — each arises simultaneously from its own cause; nor is the name of this fire established in dependence on firewood — for the name “fire” is established with regard to the warm touch.

(The fourth layer — if “dependence” means co-arising or resting upon, one’s own tenet is wrecked): Suppose you say that this sentence “fire in dependence on firewood” is meant to display the sense of “co-arising” or of “resting upon”: then it must be allowed that the pudgala too co-arises with the aggregates or rests upon them. But in that case you have plainly admitted that its entity differs from the aggregates — and in principle it ought to be admitted. Moreover, if the aggregates were not, the entity of the pudgala too ought not to be, just as where there is no firewood there is no entity of fire; and this you do not admit. Therefore this explanation is unreasonable.

(The fifth layer — turning back the objection he set up for himself): Now here he set up an objection for himself: “if fire differed from firewood, firewood ought not to be hot.” Then his words must be settled: what do you mean by “hot”?

Suppose he explains that hot just is the warm touch — then firewood is not hot, since the entities and marks of the two differ. Suppose he explains further that hot means being conjoined with warmth — then what is of a different entity also gets to be called hot, for what is properly called fire refers only to the warm touch, and whatever else is conjoined with warmth may get the name “hot”; and in that case he has plainly admitted that firewood too is called hot. That being so, then though firewood and fire are different, the fault he alleged does not hold either — so to what end does he raise this objection here?

(The sixth layer — if when ablaze throughout both names apply, then the blocking of sameness and difference cannot be established): Suppose you say that when the wood and the rest are ablaze throughout, they are called both firewood and fire — then all the more must it be made clear what “dependence” means. And in that case the pudgala and the aggregates of form and the rest are definitely “the same,” and there is no principle by which this can be blocked.

Conclusion: Therefore what he said, that “as fire is established in dependence on firewood, so is a pudgala established in dependence on the aggregates,” cannot in principle be maintained, press it forward or press it back as one will.

IV. The Objection from the Five Knowables · The Objection from What the Designation Rests On

Treatise: Again, if he admits that of the pudgala and the aggregates it can be said neither that they are the same nor that they are different, then the three times (past, present, and future), the unconditioned, and the inexpressible which he admits — these five knowables (the knowables = what is knowable, the classification of all dharmas that can be known) must all likewise become inexpressible; for of the pudgala it can be said neither that it is the fifth of them nor that it is not.

Again, of the pudgala he designates it should further be stated with more precision: on what does it rest in being designated?

If it be said to rest on the aggregates — then the sense of “conventional” is already established, since the designating of the pudgala does not rest upon the pudgala itself. If it be said that this designating rests upon the pudgala itself — then why was it said above that “it is established in dependence on the aggregates”? In principle one should say only “in dependence on the pudgala.” And since you do not admit saying so, it can only rest on the aggregates.

If it be said: only when there are aggregates can this be known, and that is why I said above “this is established in dependence on the aggregates” — then forms too can be cognized only where there are conditions such as the eye faculty, and on this showing one should say “form depends on the eye and the rest.”

V. The Objection from Being Cognized by the Six Consciousnesses — Pressing “Sameness and Difference Cannot Be Expressed” to the End

Treatise (posing the question): Again, let it now be said: by which of the six consciousnesses is the pudgala cognized?

Answer (the Vātsīputrīyas): All six consciousnesses can cognize it. Why so? For instance, when at some time eye consciousness cognizes form, one thereby knows that there is a pudgala, and this is said to be “cognized by eye consciousness,” while it may not be said whether it is the same as or different from form; and so on down to when at some time mind consciousness cognizes dharmas, one thereby knows that there is a pudgala, and this is said to be “cognized by mind consciousness,” while it may not be said whether it is the same as or different from dharmas.

Refutation (the first objection — then it is like milk and curds, merely conventionally established): If so, the pudgala you reckon must be just like milk and curds, merely a conventional designation. For instance, when eye consciousness cognizes forms, if one can thereby know that there is milk and the rest, then milk and the rest are said to be cognized by eye consciousness, while it may not be said whether they are the same as or different from form; and so on down to when body consciousness feels touches, if one can thereby know that there is milk and the rest, then milk and the rest are said to be cognized by body consciousness, while it may not be said whether they are the same as or different from touch — otherwise milk and the rest would fall into the dilemma of being “made of the four great elements” or “not made of the four great elements.” By this parallel it must be established that a pudgala is conventionally designated in dependence on the aggregates taken all together, just as the world designates milk and the rest in dependence on form and the rest taken together, conventionally and not really.

Refutation (the second objection — the two gates of the four words “one thereby knows that there is”): Again, what does he mean by what he said, “if at some time eye consciousness cognizes form, one thereby knows that there is a pudgala”? Is he saying that “forms are the cause of cognizing the pudgala”? Or that “when form is cognized the pudgala too is cognized along with it”?

If it be said that forms are the cause of cognizing it, while it is also said that it does not differ from form — then, since forms have the eye faculty, light, attention, and the rest for their causes of being cognized, it should likewise be said that “form does not differ from the eye and the rest.”

If it be said that when form is cognized it too is cognized along with it, then it must further be asked: is it that form can cognize it, and that is the cognizing? Or is there besides, within this, a further cognizer?

If it be said that form can cognize, and that just is what cognizes it, then it must be admitted that its entity just is form, or else that this name is merely conventionally established with regard to form; failing that, there ought not to be such a distinction as “this class is form, this class is the pudgala.” And if these two distinctions are not there, how can “there is form, and there is a pudgala” still be established? For a sentient being is from the first established by distinction.

If it be said that there is besides, within this, a further cognizer, then, since there is a distinction at the time of cognizing, this must differ from form — as yellow differs from blue, and the later from the earlier. And pressing the objection along the same road as far as “dharmas” gives the same result.

Refutation (the third objection — the defense too wrecks the tenet): Should he defend by saying that just as “this” and form cannot determinately be said to be the same or different, so it is with the two cognizers as compared with one another — then the cognizer ought not to be included among the conditioned. And to admit this is to wreck one’s own tenet.

Refutation (the fourth objection — contradicting a sūtra): Again, if a pudgala really exists, and it may be said neither that it is form nor that it is not form, then why did the World-Honored One speak thus: form and so on down to consciousness are all without self?

Refutation (the fifth objection — pressing by way of the object condition): Again, since he admits that the pudgala is obtained by eye consciousness, then of the two, form and this, with which for its object does that eye consciousness arise?

If it arises with form for its object, then it ought not to be said that eye consciousness can cognize the pudgala, since the pudgala is not a condition of eye consciousness, just as the sense field of sound and the rest are not conditions of eye consciousness. That is to say: if there is a consciousness that arises with this object for its object, then it takes this object as its object condition; and the pudgala not being a condition of eye consciousness, how can it be said to be the object of eye consciousness? Therefore this is certainly not cognized by eye consciousness.

If it be said that when eye consciousness arises it has this for its object, or has form and this for its object together, then the word of the sūtra is contradicted — for the sūtra adjudges determinately that the arising of consciousness is from two conditions (a faculty and an object). Again the sūtra says, “bhikṣus, you should know that with the eye as cause and form as condition, eye consciousness is able to arise,” since every eye consciousness whatever has the eye and form for its conditions.

Again, on this showing, the pudgala would have to be impermanent, for the sūtra speaks thus: whatever causes and conditions are able to produce consciousness are of an impermanent nature.

Refutation (the sixth objection — to fall back on its not being an object is to wreck one’s own tenet): Should he thereupon say that the pudgala is not the object of consciousness — then it ought not to be cognized; and if it is not cognized, it ought not to be known; and if it is not known, how can “existence” still be established for it? And if “existence” cannot be established, one’s own tenet is wrecked.

Refutation (the seventh objection — cognized by six consciousnesses, it becomes six different things): Again, if it is admitted to be cognized by the six consciousnesses, then, being cognized by eye consciousness, it ought to differ from sound and the rest, just as form does; and being cognized by ear consciousness, it ought to differ from form and the rest, as sound does. For what the remaining consciousnesses cognize, the objection is to be pressed in the same way.

VI. The Objection from the Sūtra That the Courses of the Five Faculties Are Each Separate, and Its Reconciling

Treatise (the eighth objection — contradicting the sūtra that the five faculties are each separate): Again, to establish this as cognized by the six consciousnesses is to contradict the word of the sūtra. As the sūtra says: “brahmin-student, you should know that the courses and object-fields of the five faculties are each separate, and each makes use only of its own course and its own object-field; there is no faculty that can also make use of another faculty’s course and another’s object-field. The five faculties are the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and body; the mind makes use besides of the courses of the five faculties and their object-fields, since these depend upon the mind.” (Each of the five faculties has its own course and object-field, and they do not trespass upon one another; only the mental faculty can make use besides of the courses and object-fields of the five faculties, since the five faculties turn in dependence on mind.)

Failing that, you ought not to grasp that the pudgala is an object of the five faculties; and in that case it would not be cognized by the five consciousnesses, and you would then have the fault of contradicting your own tenet.

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object in return): If so, the object of the mental faculty too ought to be separate. As the sūtra of the simile of the six creatures says: “thus the courses and object-fields of the six faculties each have their differences, and each separately delights in seeking its own course and its own object-field.”

Treatise (the reconciling): That sūtra does not speak with regard to the six faculties, the eye and the rest, in themselves — for the five faculties, the eye and the rest, and the consciousnesses they produce have no such force as “delighting in seeing” and the rest (insentient faculties and momentary consciousnesses do not delight in seeking). It speaks only with regard to the mind consciousness raised by the dominant force of the five faculties, the eye and the rest, and calls it the eye faculty and the rest; whereas the mind consciousness raised by the dominant force of the solitary mental faculty (the mental faculty that arises alone and not in dependence on the five faculties) cannot delight in seeking the object-fields ranged over by the five faculties, the eye and the rest. Therefore the sense of that sūtra does not contradict what was said above, and the fault alleged above does not hold.

VII. The Sūtra of the Dharma-Gate of All That Is Penetrated and Known — There Is No Pudgala Here

Treatise: Again, the World-Honored One said: “bhikṣus, you should know that I shall now expound for you in full the dharma-gate of all that is penetrated and known.” (The World-Honored One would expound in full once over all dharma-gates that can be penetrated and known.)

Question: What is its entity? Answer: it is the eyes, forms, eye consciousness, and eye contact, together with the feeling produced inwardly with eye contact for its condition — pleasant, or painful, or neither painful nor pleasant; and so expounded at length down to the feeling produced inwardly with mind contact for its condition — pleasant, or painful, or neither painful nor pleasant. This is called “all that is penetrated and known.”

By this passage of the sūtra it is determinately adjudged that all dharmas that can be penetrated and known are only so many; and within them there is no pudgala. Therefore the pudgala too ought not to be cognized — for the object of discernment and the object of consciousness must be the same.

Those who say that “the eye sees a pudgala” should know this: what the eye faculty sees is only that portion of form which it has; and to speak of seeing a self where there is no self is to fall into the deep pit of evil views.

VIII. The Sūtra on the Person — By Just This Much Is the Name “Person” Spoken

Treatise: And so within the Buddha’s sūtras this sense is itself adjudged, saying that it is only with regard to the aggregates that “pudgala” is spoken. As the Sūtra on the Person says:

“With the eye and form as conditions, eye consciousness arises; and with the contact of the three coming together, feeling, perception, and volition arise together.” — Here the latter four (contact, feeling, perception, and volition) are included in the formless aggregates, and the first two, the eye and form, are called the aggregate of form; and by just this much is the name “person” spoken.

And here, following the differences of sense, the several names and ideations are conventionally established: one is called a sentient being, one born unpleasing, a youth, a nourisher, a life-principle, one who is born, a pudgala, and one also designates oneself, saying “my eye sees form.” Again, in accordance with worldly usage it is said: this long-lived one has such a name, such a clan, such a lineage, such food, such experience of pleasure, such experience of pain, such length of life, such long abiding, such a term of life.

“Bhikṣus, you should know that this is only a name and an ideation, only a self-designation, existent merely as conventionally designated in accordance with worldly usage. All such things are impermanent and conditioned, arising from a host of conditions and made by volition.”

The World-Honored One constantly admonished us to rely on sūtras of definitive meaning; and this sūtra is precisely of definitive meaning, and no other construction should be put upon it.

IX. The Sūtra of the Twelve Sense Fields · The Sūtra Recited by That School · The Sūtra to Bimbisāra

Treatise: Again, the Bhagavat told a brahmin-student: “I say that all that exists is only the twelve sense fields.” (All that exists is only the twelve classes, the six inner and the six outer sense fields.) Then, if the one who repeatedly takes up a destiny is not included among the twelve sense fields, its having no entity is established; and if it is included among the sense fields, it ought not to be said to be inexpressible.

The sūtra recited by their own school likewise says: “whatever eyes there are, whatever forms there are,” and so on at length down to “bhikṣus, you should know that the Tathāgata designates everything just so far and establishes every dharma that has an entity of its own” — and within this there is no pudgala; how then can it be said to have a real entity?

The Sūtra to Bimbisāra likewise says: “whatever foolish and unlearned ordinary beings there are who follow after a conventional name and reckon it as a self, herein there is no selfhood and no what-belongs-to-self, but only the entity of all the dharmas of suffering, which is about to arise or has arisen,” and so on at length.

There was an arhat bhikṣuṇī named Śailā, who spoke a stanza to Māra:

〔Quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕 You have fallen upon the road of evil view, and within a heap of empty formations you falsely grasp that there is a sentient being; one who has discernment penetrates that there is none. Just as by taking the several parts a chariot is by conventional supposition established, so conventionally is a sentient being established, which should be known as established by taking the aggregates.

The World-Honored One in the Saṃyuktāgama spoke a stanza to the brahmin Batuoli:

〔Quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕 Batuoli, listen well: this is the dharma that can loose the several knots and bonds — namely that in dependence on mind one is defiled, and in dependence on mind one is likewise purified. I have in truth no selfhood; it is grasped as existent only by inversion; there is no sentient being and no self, but only these dharmas that have causes. Namely the aggregates, sense fields, and elements included in the twelve members of existence — pondering all this closely, within it there is no pudgala. And having contemplated that the inner is empty, so likewise is the contemplation of the emptiness of the outer; and even he who can cultivate the contemplation of emptiness is altogether not to be found.

X. The Five Faults of Grasping a Self · The Vātsīputrīyas Reject the Sūtras as No Valid Means

Treatise: The sūtra says that grasping a self has five faults — namely giving rise to the view of a self and the view of a sentient being and thereby falling into the courses of evil view, being one with the several non-Buddhists and thus walking off the road, not being able to awaken into the mind of emptiness, not being able to give rise to pure confidence and not being able to abide firmly, and not obtaining liberation, the noble dharma not being purified in him.

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas reject): These are all no valid means (a valid means = a standard by which right and wrong may be settled). Why so? Because in this school of mine they have never been recited.

Treatise (the author presses): The “valid means” allowed in your tenet — is the school the measure, or is the Buddha’s word the measure? If the school is the measure, then the Buddha is not your master and you are not a son of Śākya; and if the Buddha’s word is the measure, these all are the Buddha’s word, so how can they be no valid means?

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas answer): These sayings are none of them truly the Buddha’s word. Why so? Because this school of mine does not recite them.

Treatise (the author refutes): This is exceedingly unreasonable.

Question: Wherein is it unreasonable? Answer: passages of scripture such as these are recited by all the schools, contradict neither the nature of dharmas nor the other sūtras, and yet you dare to slander them at will within, saying “because I do not recite them they are not truly the Buddha’s word” — this is merely to indulge violence and madness, and so it is utterly unreasonable.

Treatise: Again, is there then no such sūtra within that school of yours — namely the one that says “all dharmas are without selfhood”?

If his sense be that the pudgala and the dharmas on which it depends are neither the same nor different, and that therefore all dharmas are said to be not the self — that being so, it ought not to be cognized by mind consciousness, since the sūtra of “consciousness arising from two conditions” has already determinately adjudged the matter.

Again, how are the other sūtras to be reconciled? For instance the sūtra says: “where what is not the self is reckoned as the self, herein there are the inversions of perception, of mind, and of view” — the inversion that consists in reckoning a self is spoken of with regard to “what is not the self,” and there is no saying that it is spoken of with regard to “the self”; what need to trouble over reconciling it?

Question: What is meant by “what is not the self”? Answer: the aggregates, the sense fields, and the elements.

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas): This contradicts what was said above, that “the pudgala is neither the same as nor different from the aggregates of form and the rest.”

Treatise: Again, another sūtra says: “bhikṣus, you should know that whatever contemplations attendant upon the grasping of a self there are among all ascetics and brahmins, they all arise only with regard to the five aggregates of appropriation.” Therefore there is no such thing as a view of a self arising in dependence on “a self”; there is only false discrimination upon dharmas that are not the self, taking them for a self.

Again, another sūtra says: “whatever various former abodes have been recollected, are being recollected, or will be recollected, all arise only with regard to the five aggregates of appropriation”; therefore there is certainly no pudgala.

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): If so, why does this sūtra again say “I in a past life had such and such a form,” and so on?

Treatise (answer): This sūtra is meant to display that when former lives can be recollected there are various matters within a single continuum. If one held that a really existent pudgala could have form and the rest in a past life, how would this not count as falling into the fault of “giving rise to the view of self”? Failing that, you would have to slander the sūtra by saying there is no such sūtra. Therefore this sūtra speaks with regard to the conventional self spoken of in general, and its saying “had such and such a form,” and so on, is a manner of speaking as of a heap and a stream (a conventional continuum, aggregated like a heap and flowing like a stream).

XI. Omniscience — Not Knowing All at Once in a Single Thought, but the Continuum Having the Capacity

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): If so, the World-Honored One ought not to be omniscient — for no one mind or mental factor can know all dharmas, since they differ moment by moment and cease as soon as they arise. Only if a self is admitted can there be a thorough knowing of all; and in that case the pudgala would have to be permanent, since when the mind ceases it does not cease — and this would go beyond the tenet you yourself allow.

Treatise (answer): We do not say that the Buddha is called omniscient because he can know all dharmas thoroughly and at once in a single thought; it is said only with regard to “the continuum having the capacity” — that stretch of the continuum of the aggregates which gets the name of Buddha has accomplished a surpassing capacity of this kind: as soon as attention is directed, an unmistaken cognition arises with regard to the object one wishes to know, and it is therefore called omniscience, and not that in a single thought one can know all thoroughly and at once. And so here there is this stanza:

〔Quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕 Because within the continuum there is such a capacity, it is as fire can devour everything; so is omniscience also, and it is not by knowing all thoroughly at once in a single thought.

Treatise: Question: How is it known that “knowing all dharmas” is said with regard to the continuum, and that it is not a “self” that knows thoroughly? Answer: because the Buddha, the World-Honored One, is said to have three times.

Question: Where is this said? Answer: as a stanza says:

〔Quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕 Whether the Buddhas past, or the Buddhas future, or the Buddhas present, all extinguish the sorrows of beings.

Your tenet admits three times only for the aggregates and not for the one who repeatedly takes up a destiny, and so it must certainly be as stated (what has the three times is the continuum of the aggregates, and not a self).

XII. The Objection from the Sūtra of the Burden — The Burden · The Taking Up and Laying Down of the Burden · The Bearer of the Burden

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): If only the five aggregates of appropriation are called the pudgala, why did the World-Honored One speak thus: “I shall now expound for you the burdens, the taking up and laying down of the burden, and the bearer of the burden”?

Treatise (asking in return): Why should the Buddha not speak thus here?

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas press the objection): It ought not to be that the burden itself is called the bearer. Why so? Because such a thing has never been seen. And what is “inexpressible” ought not to be spoken of either (since he speaks both of the burden and of a bearer, the bearer is evidently not the burden itself). Why so? Because this too has never been seen. Again, the taker-up of the burden ought not to be included in the aggregates — for a burden taking up itself has never been seen.

Treatise (answer): Yet the sūtra says that “craving” is named the taker-up of the burden; and since craving is included in the aggregates, so likewise is the bearer of the burden (both being included in the aggregates) — one merely establishes a one who repeatedly takes up a destiny with regard to the aggregates.

It is only lest anyone take this pudgala for something inexpressible, permanent, and really existent that in the latter part of the sūtra the Buddha himself explains, “merely in accordance with worldly usage is this long-lived one said to have such a name,” and so on at length — just like the passage of the Sūtra on the Person cited above. This is so that it may be understood that this pudgala is expressible, impermanent, and not of a really existent nature.

Then how are the three to be understood? The five aggregates of appropriation, oppressing one another by their own mark, get the name “burden”; and since each preceding moment draws forth each succeeding one, they are called “the bearer.” Therefore there is no really existent pudgala.

XIII. The Objection from Apparitionally Born Sentient Beings — What Wrong View Slanders

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): The pudgala must certainly be really existent, because the sūtra says that whoever denies apparitionally born sentient beings is included under wrong view.

Treatise (answer): Who says that there are no apparitionally born sentient beings? It is just as the Buddha said: I say that they exist. Namely, when a continuum of aggregates can go on to a later existence and does not come by way of womb-birth, egg-birth, or moisture-birth, that is called an apparitionally born sentient being; to deny that it exists is therefore included under wrong view. And the aggregates of apparitional birth are in principle really existent.

Again, you admit that this wrong view slanders the pudgala — then you must say whether this wrong view is abandoned through seeing or abandoned through cultivation.

Whether it be said to be abandoned through seeing or abandoned through cultivation, neither is coherent. For the pudgala is not included among the four truths (it is not within the four truths, and the path of seeing takes the truths as its object in abandoning, so there is no way to abandon it), and wrong view ought not to be abandoned through cultivation either.

XIV. The Objection from Being Born into the World — What “Born” Means

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): If the sūtra says that “one pudgala is born into the world,” and yet it is not the aggregates — this too is unreasonable.

Treatise (answer): This is merely a conventional speaking of “one” within what is said in general, just as the world says “one sesame seed · one grain of rice · one heap · one word” (speaking of one by taking things together).

Failing that, the pudgala would have to be admitted to be included among the conditioned, since the sūtra says that it is “born into the world.”

Treatise (answer): The “born” spoken of here is not a new arising such as that of the aggregates.

Question: Then in what sense is “born into the world” said? Answer: it is said with regard to the sense of taking up other aggregates at this time — just as the world says “a sacrificer is born” or “a master of the exegetical treatises is born,” which is said with regard to taking up the treatises of clear knowing (the canon recited by the brahmins); and just as the world says “a bhikṣu is born” or “a non-Buddhist is born,” which is said with regard to taking up some observance; and just as the world says “an old man is born” or “a sick man is born,” which is said with regard to taking up some stage of life.

Treatise (refuting again): The Buddha has already blocked this road, and so this defense does not hold. As the Sūtra on Ultimate Emptiness says: “there is action and there is maturation, but an agent is not to be found” — for what can lay down these aggregates and continue on to other aggregates is nothing other than a conventional expression with regard to dharmas. Therefore the Buddha has already blocked it. The Sūtra to Phalguna likewise says: “I never say that there is one who appropriates.” Therefore there is certainly no pudgala that can take up and lay down the aggregates in the world.

Again, of the “a sacrificer is born” and the rest that you cite, what is the entity, that it should be brought forward as this simile? If you grasp it as a self, that is not commonly allowed by either side; if you say it is mind and mental factors, they cease thought by thought and arise anew, and taking up and laying down are not established; if you allow it to be the body, that too is like mind and the rest (arising and ceasing moment by moment).

Again, just as the treatises of clear knowing and the rest differ from the body, so the aggregates ought to differ from the pudgala; and the two bodies, the old and the sick, are each distinct from the body that was before, while the sense of “transformation” has already been dismissed above in the refutation of the Sāṃkhya. Therefore the similes he cites none of them hold.

Again, since he admits that it is the aggregates that are born and not the one who repeatedly takes up a destiny, he certainly admits that it differs from the aggregates and moreover is permanent.

XV. The Parallel of Derived Form Being the Great Elements — A Fault of That School’s Own

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): Again, this (the pudgala) is only one while the entity of the aggregates is five, so why should it not be said to differ from the aggregates? Just as the great elements are four while the form derived from them is only one — is it then said that derived form does not differ from the great elements?

Treatise (answer): That is a fault of that school’s own.

Question: Which school is meant? Answer: those who maintain that “derived form just is the great elements.”

Suppose we follow their view; then the challenge must be put thus: just as the several derived forms just are the four great elements, so too a pudgala ought to be established as just the five aggregates (having allowed the “just is,” one can no longer say that sameness and difference are inexpressible).

XVI. Setting Aside the Declaration “The Life-Principle Is the Body” — Nāgasena and King Pilinda

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): If the pudgala just is the aggregates, why did the World-Honored One not declare that “the life-principle just is the body”?

Treatise (answer): Because he observed the āśaya of the one who could ask (āśaya = the underlying inclination, the questioner’s real bent of mind).

That questioner grasped that there is “a person acting within” whose entity is real and not an empty name, called it the life-principle, and asked the Buddha in dependence on it whether it is the same as or different from the body. No such thing exists at all, and so neither sameness nor difference is established — that being so, how could sameness or difference be declared of it with regard to the body? Just as the hardness or softness of a tortoise’s hair cannot be declared.

Treatise: The masters of old had already untied this knot. Long ago there was a Venerable named Nāgasena, possessed of the three knowledges, the six supernormal knowledges, and the eight liberations. At that time there was a King Pilinda who came to the Venerable and spoke thus: my purpose in coming today is to ask about a doubt; yet ascetics are by nature fond of many words, and if the venerable one can answer straight, then I will ask. The Venerable accepted his request.

The king then asked: the life-principle and the body, are they the same or different? The Venerable answered: this should not be declared.

The king said: was there not an agreement beforehand? Why now speak of something else and not answer what I asked?

The Venerable challenged him in return, saying: I should like to ask about a doubt; yet kings are by nature fond of many words, and if the great king can answer straight, then I will ask. The king thereupon consented.

The Venerable asked: as to the mango trees in the great king’s palace, is the taste of the fruit they bear sour or sweet? The king said: there is no such tree in the palace at all.

The Venerable reproached him again: was there not an agreement beforehand? Why now speak of something else and not answer what I asked? The king said: since there is no such tree within the palace, how can it be answered whether the taste of its fruit is sweet or sour?

The Venerable instructed him, saying: the life-principle likewise does not exist; how then can it be said to be the same as or different from the body?

XVII. Why the Buddha Does Not Simply Say That There Is No Life-Principle at All — For Fear He Fall into Wrong View

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas ask again): Why does the Buddha not say that there is no life-principle at all?

Treatise (answer): Here too because he observes the āśaya of the questioner. That questioner may be calling the continuum of the aggregates a life-principle and asking in dependence on that; and were the World-Honored One to answer “there is no life-principle at all,” he would fall into wrong view, and so the Buddha does not speak so. For he is not yet able to penetrate the principle of dependent origination, is no vessel fit to receive the true dharma, and so the Buddha does not expound “conventional existence” for him.

In principle it must certainly be so, since the World-Honored One himself has said it. As the World-Honored One told Ānanda: there was a wandering non-Buddhist of the Vatsa clan who came to me and asked thus: am I existent or nonexistent in the world? I made no declaration for him. Why so? Were I to declare him “existent,” that would contradict the true principle of dharma, since all dharmas are without self; were I to declare him “nonexistent,” that would increase his bewilderment, for he would suppose that “I formerly was and now am not.” Compared with the folly of grasping existence, this folly is graver — for to grasp a self as existent is to fall into the extreme of permanence, while to grasp at no-self is to fall into the extreme of annihilation; and the relative weight of the two is expounded at length in the sūtra.

In accordance with this sense, therefore, there is a stanza that says:

〔Quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕 Behold those wounded by view and those who have destroyed the several wholesome actions; and so the Buddha speaks the true dharma as a tigress carries her own cub (grip too tight and it is wounded, hold too loose and it falls). To grasp a true self as existent is to be wounded by the teeth of view; to deny the conventional self as nonexistent is to destroy the cub that is wholesome action.

He spoke a further stanza, saying:

〔Stanza composed by the author · not a root stanza〕 Because a really existent life-principle does not exist, the Buddha does not speak of sameness or difference; and fearing that the conventionally established self be denied, he does not say “there is none at all” either. That is to say: within the continuum of the aggregates there are action and fruit and a life-principle (a life-principle that is a conventional name); and to say that there is no life-principle would be to deny this along with it. That he does not say “within the aggregates there is a conventionally named life-principle” is because he observes that the questioner has not the strength to understand true emptiness. Observing thus the differences of Vatsa’s inclination, therefore, when he asked whether there is a self or is not, the Buddha answered neither that there is nor that there is not.

XVIII. On What Ground the World Being Permanent and the Rest Are Not Declared — All Four Declarations Are Unreasonable

Treatise (posing the question): On what ground are “the world is permanent” and the rest not declared (the four propositions among the fourteen undeclared matters: permanent, impermanent, both permanent and impermanent, neither permanent nor impermanent)?

Treatise (answer): Here too because he observes the āśaya of the questioner.

If the questioner grasps “the self” as the world — the entity of the self does not exist at all, and so all four declarations are unreasonable.

If he takes “birth and death” together to be called the world — the Buddha’s four declarations are likewise all unreasonable. That is to say: to declare it “permanent” is to have no attaining of nirvāṇa at all; to declare it “impermanent” is to have annihilation come of itself, so that without effort all attain nirvāṇa; to declare it “both permanent and impermanent” is to have one portion of sentient beings never attain nirvāṇa and another portion realize quiescence of itself; to declare it “neither permanent nor impermanent” yields “not attaining nirvāṇa, and not not attaining it” — a determinate contradiction, and so an idle proliferation. Yet in dependence on the noble path one can attain parinirvāṇa, and so those four determinate declarations are all unreasonable.

Just as when the Nirgrantha asked about the death and rebirth of a sparrow, the Buddha knew his mind and made no determinate declaration.

Treatise: As for the four propositions of “having a limit” and the rest likewise not being declared, it is because they carry the same faults as the four propositions of permanence and the rest.

Question: How is it known that the sense of these four propositions is the same as that of permanence and the rest? Answer: because there was a non-Buddhist named Uttika who first asked the four propositions of the world having a limit and the rest, and afterwards contrived a device and changed the manner of asking, putting it to the World-Honored One thus: are all worlds able to attain deliverance by the noble path, or only one portion? The Venerable Ānanda thereupon told him: you have already asked the World-Honored One about this matter; why now change the name and ask again? Hence it is known that the sense of the latter four propositions is the same as that of the former.

Treatise: And on what ground does the World-Honored One not declare the four propositions of “the Tathāgata exists after death” and the rest? Here too because he observes the āśaya of the questioner — for the questioner asks by falsely reckoning that self already liberated and calling it the Tathāgata.

Treatise (now challenging those who grasp a self): Now those who reckon a self should be challenged: why does the Buddha declare that “there is a present pudgala,” and yet not declare that “the Tathāgata too exists after death”?

He says: for fear of the fault of falling into permanence.

If so, why does the Buddha declare “Maitreya, you will attain Buddhahood in a future life,” and declare of a disciple that when his body has broken up and his life ended, so-and-so has now been born in such a place? Is there not here too the fault of falling into permanence?

If it be said that the Buddha formerly saw a pudgala and, once it had entered nirvāṇa, no longer saw it, and that not knowing it he therefore did not declare it existent — that is tantamount to slandering the great teacher as not possessed of omniscience. Failing that, one ought to admit that “the non-declaration is because the entity of the self does not exist at all.”

If it be said that the World-Honored One saw and did not say, then there are the two faults of “apart from the aggregates” and “permanent.” And if it be said that both his seeing and his not seeing are inexpressible, then it must be said along with this that “whether the Buddha is omniscient or not omniscient is likewise inexpressible.”

XIX. The Objection from “Because It Is True, Because It Abides” · Grasping a Self Falls into the Extreme of Permanence

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): A pudgala is said to be really existent because the sūtra says “because it is true, because it abides,” and says moreover that whoever determinately grasps at no-self falls into the place of evil views.

Treatise (answer): This constitutes no proof, because that same sūtra also says that “whoever determinately grasps at a self falls into the place of evil views.”

The masters of the Abhidharma treatises say: to grasp the self as existent and to grasp the self as nonexistent are both included under extreme view, falling in order into the extreme of permanence and the extreme of annihilation. What those masters say is deeply reasonable — for to grasp a self as existent is to fall into the extreme of permanence, and to grasp at no-self is to fall into the extreme of annihilation, as the Sūtra to Vatsa above said plainly.

XX. Who Transmigrates through Birth and Death — Like a Fire over a Plain

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): If there is definitely no pudgala, then who is said to transmigrate through birth and death? For birth and death do not transmigrate of themselves. Yet the Bhagavat says in a sūtra: sentient beings, covered by ignorance and bound by craving, race on through birth and death; and so there must certainly be a pudgala.

Treatise (asking in return): Then how does this one transmigrate through birth and death?

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas): By laying down the former aggregates and taking up the later.

Treatise (answer): Such a doctrinal position has already been challenged and dismissed above. Just as a fire over a plain, though it ceases moment by moment, is said by reason of its continuum to have “transmigration,” so likewise is a heap of aggregates conventionally called a sentient being, which transmigrates through birth and death with craving and appropriation for its conditions.

Treatise (the Vātsīputrīyas object): If there are only aggregates, why did the World-Honored One speak thus: “I who am now was in the past a guide of the world named Sublime Eye”?

Treatise (answer): What fault is there in speaking so? (If it were really as you say, with a real self) the aggregates are each and all different.

Question: What thing was it, then? Answer (the Vātsīputrīyas): just the pudgala — the I of former days is the I of today.

Treatise (refuting): Then its entity would have to be permanent. Therefore the saying “I who am now was in the past a teacher” displays that the past and the present are one and the same continuum, just as it is said “this fire once burned that thing.”

XXI. If There Definitely Is a True Self, the Fault of Craving for Self and Grasping of Self

Treatise: If it be said that there definitely is a real self, then it ought to be clearly contemplated by the Buddha alone; and having contemplated it clearly, a firm grasping of self ought to arise, and from that grasping of self a grasping of what belongs to self, and from these there ought further to arise a craving for self and a craving for what belongs to self. Hence the Bhagavat speaks thus: if one grasps a self one grasps what belongs to self, and because one grasps what belongs to self there arise within the aggregates the craving for self and for what belongs to self and the view of a real person; and one bound by craving for self thereby slanders the Buddha and is far from liberation.

If it be said that with regard to “the self” no craving for self arises — this saying is without sense. Why so? Where what is not the self is perversely reckoned as the self, there craving for self can still arise; but upon a real self (if one really saw the self and did not crave it, this on the contrary is unintelligible). What is said in this way affords no principle to serve as proof. Therefore those people have within the Buddha’s true and noble teaching no cause or condition for raising the boil of view.

Treatise (summing up the three classes): Thus one class grasps an “inexpressible pudgala”; another class denies altogether that any dharma has an entity; and the non-Buddhists grasp a further real selfhood — all these views are unreasonable, and none escapes the fault of “having no liberation.”

XXII. Recollection and Recognition — How Recollection Is Established without a Self

Treatise (an outside objection): If there is no entity of a self of any kind whatever, on what ground can a mind that ceases moment by moment recollectively know a long-past and similar object once experienced?

Treatise (answer): Such recollective knowing arises from a difference of mind within the continuum, “of the class of the object and the perception of it.”

Question: From what kind of difference of mind does the first recollection arise with nothing intervening? Answer: it arises from a difference of mind which has attention that takes that object as its object, together with similarity, relatedness, perception, and the rest, and whose merit is not marred by such conditions as a difference of support, sorrow, or distraction.

Though there be such conditions as attention, if there be no difference of mind of that class, there is no capacity for cultivating this recollection into arising; and though there be a difference of mind of that class for its cause, if there be not such conditions, there is likewise no principle by which it can be cultivated — only when both are complete is the cultivating of it possible. The arising of recollections is by these alone, since apart from these no further capacity is seen.

Treatise (an outside objection): How can this be so — that what one mind saw, a later and different mind can recollect? There is surely no principle by which “an object once seen by God-given’s mind can afterwards be recollected by Sacrifice-given’s mind.”

Treatise (answer): This objection is unreasonable, because those are unrelated. That is to say: those two minds are not related to one another, unlike a single continuum in which there is causality. We do not say that “one mind saw and a different mind recollects,” because the continuum is one and the same. It is from the past mind that took that object as its object that the present consciousness which recollects is drawn forth — as was said above, recollection arises by the force of the continuum’s transforming and differentiating; what fault is there in this?

By the force of this recollection there afterwards arises recognition (recognition = the fixing of what has been recollected).

Treatise (an outside objection): Since there is no entity of a self, who then is it that recollects?

Treatise (answer): What is meant by “recollects”? Answer: by recollection one is able to take an object.

Question: Is this taking of an object not different from recollection? Answer: though not different from recollection, it is only because there is an “agent”; and this agent is just the cause of recollection spoken of above, namely a difference of mind of that class.

Yet what the world speaks of as “Caitra recollects” is the establishing of the name Caitra with regard to a continuum of aggregates; and it is because recollection arises after a previous mind of seeing that he is said, on that principle, to recollect.

Treatise (an outside objection): If there is no entity of a self, whose recollection is this recollection? In what sense is the sixth case-ending said (the sixth case-ending = the genitive, the manner of speaking of “so-and-so’s”)?

Treatise (answer): This sixth case-ending is said with regard to the sense of belonging to an owner.

Question: What thing belongs to what owner? Answer: this is like oxen and the rest belonging to Caitra.

Question: How does he count as the owner of the oxen? Answer: just in that he attains mastery in such matters as riding them, milking them, and employing them.

Treatise (challenging in return): Then where is it that you propose to employ this recollection, that you take such pains to seek an “owner of recollection”?

Answer: recollection is employed upon the object recollected.

Question: To what end is recollection employed? Answer: just to make recollection arise.

Treatise: How strange, that words so unreasonable should be uttered with such assurance — is “this” to be employed in order that “this” may arise (recollection has not yet arisen, so with what will you employ it)?

Again, how do I employ recollection? Is it to make recollection arise, or to make recollection move? Recollection has no mark of “movement,” and so it can only be to make recollection arise. In that case the “cause” is called the owner and the “result” is called the belonging — by the dominant force of the cause the result is made to arise, and so the cause is called the owner; and the result, in arising, is possessed by the cause, and so is called the belonging. Since the cause producing recollection suffices to be the owner of recollection, what need to trouble to set up a self besides as the owner of recollection?

Just as with a continuum of a class of heaps of formations, the world commonly designates “Caitra” and “ox” and establishes Caitra as the owner of the ox — the continuum of the ox arising in another place, and he being the cause that makes it alter, he is therefore called the owner; and within this there is no real Caitra and no real ox, but only a conventional designation, so that even the phrase “owner of the ox” is inseparable from a cause.

As it is with recollection, so it is with recognition. And having distinguished recollection and knowing in this way, such questions as “who is the cognizer, and whose is the consciousness” should be explained in the same manner. As for the causes and conditions of consciousness that differ from what was said above, they are the faculty and the object and the rest, to be known each as is fitting.

XXIII. Refuting the Sāṃkhya Masters — An Activity Must Await One Who Is Active

Treatise (the Sāṃkhya state their tenet): Some speak thus: there definitely is a self, because an activity must certainly have “one who performs the activity.” That is to say: the several activities all await one who is active, as God-given’s walking must await the person God-given. Walking is the activity, and God-given is the one who is active. So likewise all the activities of consciousness and the rest must await a “cognizer” on which they depend.

Treatise (now challenging him): Now he should be challenged: what is this “God-given” of yours?

If it be said to be a real self, this has been refuted above. If it be said to be a conventionally established person — then its entity is not one thing but only this name conventionally established upon a continuum of formations; and in that case, just as God-given can walk, so consciousness can cognize (both alike being conventionally established upon a continuum).

Question: On what principle is it said that God-given can walk? Answer: it is that upon formations arising and ceasing moment by moment, and not apart from the continuum, the name “God-given” is established; and the foolish grasp it therein as one whole, treating it as the cause of their own continuum’s arising in another place. Arising in another place is called “walking,” and that cause is called “the walker” — and on this principle it is said that God-given can walk.

Just as flame and sound continue and arise in another place, and the world accordingly says that “a flame can travel” and “a sound can travel,” so likewise the body of God-given can be a cause of consciousness, and so the world also says that “God-given can cognize.” And the noble ones too speak so, in conformity with the principle of worldly speech.

Treatise (what does consciousness do to its object): The sūtra says that the several consciousnesses can cognize their objects — then what does consciousness after all do to its object? Answer: it does nothing at all, but merely arises by way of the object. Just as a result requites its cause and, though doing nothing, arises resembling the cause and is therefore called “requiting the cause,” so likewise consciousness, though doing nothing in arising, resembles the object and is therefore called “cognizing the object.”

Question: What is meant by “resembling the object”? Answer: it is bearing the aspect of that object. And so, although the several consciousnesses also arise in dependence on a faculty, they are not called “cognizing the faculty” but only “cognizing the object” (since what they bear is the aspect of the object and not the aspect of the faculty).

Failing that, when consciousness arises in continuum upon an object, a former consciousness being the cause that draws forth a later, to say that “consciousness cognizes” is likewise faultless — for the world speaks of an “agent” with regard to a “cause.” Just as the world says that a bell or a drum can sound, or says that a lamp can travel, so it is with saying that consciousness can cognize.

Question: On what principle is it said that a lamp travels? Answer: within a continuum of flame the name “lamp” is conventionally established, and when the lamp arises in continuum in another place it is said that “the lamp travels,” and there is no separate traveler besides. So likewise, upon a continuum of mind the name “consciousness” is conventionally established, and when it arises upon another object it is said to “cognize.” Or it is as form has its arising and its abiding, and within this there is no separate producer and no separate abider; and the principle of saying that “consciousness cognizes” ought likewise to be so.

Treatise (why the mind is not always like the former): If it be said that the arising of a later consciousness is from consciousness and not from a self — then it is asked: on what ground is it from consciousness? Answer: because it is not always like the former, nor does it arise in a determinate order as sprout, stalk, and leaf succeed one another with differences; because conditioned dharmas all have the mark of “change of what abides.”

That is to say: the own-nature of conditioned dharmas is from the first just so — a subtle continuum in which the later must differ from the earlier. Were it not so, then even if someone entered absorption and his body-and-mind continuum arose earlier and later alike, since a later thought would have no difference at all from the first thought, there ought to be no such thing as a last thought’s emerging of itself from absorption.

The several continua of mind have also a determinate order: if this mind is such that in its order that mind should arise, then after this mind that mind must certainly arise; and there must also be minds concordant in a portion of their mode of apprehension and the rest for them to produce one another, because their classes differ. For instance, after a woman’s mind there arises with nothing intervening a mind of adorning and defiling her body, or a mind that takes her husband or her son for its object, and the rest; and afterwards, from the transforming and differentiating of the continuum of these minds, the woman’s mind arises again. Thus the woman’s mind has the capacity to produce the minds of adorning and defiling and the rest that arise later, and apart from these it has no such capacity, because their classes differ.

After a woman’s mind many kinds of mind may arise with nothing intervening; yet among the many, that which was formerly produced again and again, is clear, and has arisen near at hand arises first and not the rest — because the force of practice in a mind of that kind is strongest; excepting only where at the point of its arising the conditions outside the body have differences.

Question: If the force of practice is strongest, why does it not always produce its own result? Answer: because this mind has the mark of “change of what abides”; and this mark of change is most concordant with the arising in continuum of other results of practice (and so the arising of results has its earlier and later, and is not uniformly constant).

Treatise (referring it back to the Buddha’s cognition): The general outline of the causes and conditions by which the classes of mind arise one after another I have now briefly stated; the full penetration of it rests with the World-Honored One alone, since his cognition attains mastery among all dharmas. In accordance with this sense, therefore, there is a stanza that says:

〔Quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕 Upon a single peacock’s tail-wheel, the marks of all the kinds of cause therein are not the object-field of any other cognition; only the omniscient one knows them.

XXIV. Refuting the Vaiśeṣika Masters — All Minds Arise from the Self

Treatise: If even the causes of the differences of form are hard to penetrate, how much more the differences of the causes and conditions of mind and mental factors, which are formless dharmas — are these easy to penetrate?

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika state their tenet): A certain class of non-Buddhists grasps thus: all minds, when they arise, arise from the self.

Treatise (properly refuting · borrowing the two preceding objections): Those two objections above are most to the point against him — if the arising of all minds is from the self, then on what ground is a later consciousness not always like the former, and not arising in a determinate order like sprout, stalk, and leaf (the self being permanent and one, its result ought to have no differences)?

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika defend · it awaits conjunction with mind): If it be said that it is by awaiting a difference in “the conjunction of self and mind” that different consciousnesses arise — this principle is certainly not so. For that “the self is conjoined with anything else” is not commonly allowed by both sides; and moreover the conjunction of two things has bounds. That is to say: they explain the mark of “conjunction” themselves by saying that not having arrived beforehand and arriving afterwards is called conjunction. Then the conjunction of self and mind should likewise have bounds; and the mind shifting, the self too should shift, or should perish together with the mind.

If it be said to be a partial conjunction — this principle too is certainly not so, since within one entity of a self there are no separate parts.

Even granting it a conjunction, since the entity of the self is permanent and the mind has no differences, how should this “conjunction” have differences?

If it be said to await a further cognition (a different apprehension) — the objection is the same: on what ground does that cognition have differences?

If it be said that the self and mind are conjoined by awaiting a difference of formations — then merely by mind’s awaiting a difference of formations different consciousnesses could arise, and what need then of the self? The self being of no use whatever in the arising of consciousness, and yet all consciousnesses being said to arise from the self — this is as when the business of the medicine is already done and the disease can be removed, and yet the physician is deceived with the stubborn claim that it was the merit of reciting the spell “svāhā.”

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika defend · the self is the support): If it be said that these two, mind and formations, come to be by way of the self — this is mere empty talk, and there is no principle to serve as proof.

If it be said that these two, mind and formations, have the self for their support — then it must be asked: in the sense of what supporting what?

If it be said that it is not that mind and formations are like a picture or a fruit and the self is the upholder like a wall or a vessel (a picture depending on a wall, a fruit on a vessel) — then there is the fault of “obstructing one another,” and there is at times the fault of “abiding separately.” Therefore the self is not their support in the way of a wall or a vessel.

Question: How then? Answer (the Vaiśeṣika): it is only like the earth, which can be the support of the four things, scent and the rest.

Treatise (following his simile, which turns out to establish no-self): What he says in this way establishes no-self precisely, and so I here am deeply gladdened and consoled — for just as the earth of the world is inseparable from scent and the rest, so should the self be, inseparable from mind and formations.

Who can cognize an earth apart from scent and the rest? It is only upon the differences of an aggregation of scent and the rest that worldly usage current establishes the name “earth.” And the self should likewise be — only upon the differences of mind and the other aggregates is the name “self” conventionally established.

Question: If apart from scent and the rest there is no separate earth, how then is it said that “the earth has scent and the rest”? Answer: that is to display that within the entity of earth there are the differences of scent and the rest, and so scent and the rest are said with regard to earth, that it may be understood to be this and not another — just as the world says “the body of a wooden image,” and the like (the wood just is the image, and yet the image’s body may still be spoken of).

Treatise (a further objection): Again, if there is a self and it awaits a difference of formations (before consciousness arises), why does omniscience not arise all at once?

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika answer): If at that time the function of this formation is strongest, this can block the rest and keep them from producing their results.

Treatise (objection): Then why does the result not arise constantly from the strongest?

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika answer): This is like the principle of the force of practice spoken of above — since it is allowed that “formations” are not permanent but alter by degrees.

Treatise (concluding the refutation): If so, reckoning a self turns out to be labor spent for nothing — for it is the force of the formations that makes the differences of mind arise.

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika defend · the quality-category): Since that formation and this practice do not differ in entity-nature, it must certainly be believed that the entity of the self really exists — because there are the quality-categories of “recollection” and the rest (the quality-category among the Vaiśeṣika’s six categories, meaning attributes), and a quality must certainly rest upon a substance-category (a substance), and that recollection and the rest should rest upon anything else is in principle not established.

Treatise (refuting): This proof is unreasonable, because it is not commonly allowed by both sides. That is to say: your saying that recollection and the rest are included in the quality-category and that their entities are all not substances — this sense is not commonly allowed, for we allow that whatever has a separate entity is called a “substance,” since the sūtra speaks of “six real things” and calls them the fruits of the ascetic life.

Then his saying that recollection and the rest rest upon a real self is likewise not established in principle — for the sense of “resting upon” has been blocked above. Hence what he sets up is nothing but empty words.

XXV. The Object of the Grasping of Self · Agent and Experiencer · The Support of Pleasure and Pain

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika object): If the self really does not exist, then for whom is action done? Answer: it is for the sake of my experiencing the fruit of pleasure and pain in the time to come.

Treatise (asking in return): What is the entity of that self? Answer: it is the object of the grasping of self.

Question: What is meant by the object of the grasping of self? Answer: it is the continuum of the aggregates.

Question: How is this known to be so? Answer: because it is what craving takes as its object, and because it arises together with the cognitions of “white” and the rest. That is to say: the world has such sayings as — I am white, I am black, I am old, I am young, I am thin, I am stout. It is plainly seen that in the world the cognitions taking white and the rest as their objects arise together with the grasping that reckons a self; and the self reckoned has no such differences, whence it is known that the grasping of self merely takes the aggregates as its object.

And because the body has the kindness of protecting the self, the self is also conventionally spoken of with regard to the body, as when it is said “my ministers are just my own body.” Upon a thing that has done a kindness a self is indeed conventionally spoken of; but what the several graspings of self take is not of this kind (what the grasping of self takes is universally reckoned, not a conventional expression of this sort).

Question: If it is allowed that a grasping of self arises taking the body as its object, why is there no grasping of self that takes another’s body as its object? Answer: because another’s body is unrelated to that grasping of self. That is to say: if a body or a mind is related to the grasping of self, then when this grasping arises it takes that for its object and not another, because it has been so habituated from beginningless time.

Question: What is meant by “related”? Answer: it is causality.

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika object): If there is no entity of a self, whose grasping of self is this grasping of self?

Treatise (answer): This has been explained above; why come again? I have already said above in what sense the sixth case-ending is said, down to distinguishing “the cause as that to which the result belongs.”

Question: If so, what is the cause of the grasping of self? Answer: it is the perfuming of the grasping of self from beginningless time, together with a defiled mind that takes its own continuum as its object.

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika object): If there is no entity of a self, who has pleasure and pain?

Treatise (answer): If in dependence on this pleasure and pain arise, then this is said to “have pleasure and pain” — as it is said that a grove has fruit, or that a tree has flowers.

Question: On what do pleasure and pain depend? Answer: on the six inner sense fields, spoken of as their support according to the place in which they arise.

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika object): If the self really does not exist, who is it that can do action? Who is it that can experience the fruit?

Treatise (asking in return): What is meant by “doing” and “experiencing”? Answer: doing is that which can do, and experiencing is the experiencer.

Treatise: This is merely to change the name and has not yet displayed the sense. Those who distinguish the marks of dharmas explain these marks thus: to be able to act with mastery is called the agent; to be able to experience the fruit of action gets the name of experiencer. It is plainly seen in the world that where one can attain mastery in some undertaking he is called the one who does it — as when God-given is seen to attain mastery in bathing, eating, and walking, he is called the bather, and so on.

Then within this, what is this “God-given” of yours? If it be said to be a real self, this simile is not commonly allowed; and if it be said to be the aggregates, then they are no agent possessed of mastery.

Action is of three kinds — bodily action, verbal action, and mental action. And to take bodily action: its raising must depend on the body and the mind, while the body and the mind each turn in dependence on their own causes and conditions, and those causes and conditions in turn depend successively on their own causes and conditions; and within this there is no raiser possessed of mastery, since all the conditioned belongs to causes and conditions. And that self which you grasp neither awaits causes and conditions nor does anything, and so it has no mastery. Hence what he said, that “to be able to act with mastery is the mark of an agent,” is sought for and not to be found.

Yet among the causes and conditions in the arising of dharmas, whatever has a surpassing function is conventionally named the agent — and this is not that self you grasp, since not the least function is discernible in it, and so it certainly ought not to be named the agent.

Question: What is the surpassing cause able to produce bodily action? Answer: from recollection there arises a wish, from the wish arise applied and sustained thought, from applied and sustained thought arises effort, from effort arises wind (the wind that moves within the body), and the wind then raises bodily action. What use is that self you grasp within all this? Therefore with regard to bodily action the self is no agent. As for the raising of verbal action and mental action, the same reasoning is to be applied.

Treatise: And how could I experience the fruit of action? If it be said that with regard to the fruit I can cognize it — this is certainly not so, since the self is of no use whatever in cognizing, as was already dismissed above where the causes of the arising of consciousness were distinguished.

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika object): If there really is no self, why do sin and merit not arise and grow in dependence on insentient places?

Treatise (answer): Because those are not what craving and the rest rest upon; only the six inner sense fields are their support. The self is not their support, as was said above.

XXVI. The Continuum, Transformation, and Differentiation of Action and Its Fruit — Action and Fruit Established without a Self

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika object): If there really is no self, action having already perished, how can it still produce a future fruit?

Treatise (asking in return): Even granting a real self, action having already perished, how then can it produce a future fruit?

Treatise (the Vaiśeṣika answer): Dharma and non-dharma (the force of wholesome and unwholesome action) arise in dependence on the self.

Treatise (refuting): In the sense of what depending on what? This has been refuted above, and so dharma and non-dharma ought not to depend on the self.

Treatise: Yet within the noble teaching it is not spoken of thus — as if a future fruit arose from an action already perished.

Question: From what then does it arise? Answer: it arises from the continuum, transformation, and differentiation of action, just as a fruit is produced from a seed.

Just as the world says “a fruit is produced from a seed,” and yet the fruit does not arise from a perished seed, nor does it arise immediately upon the seed.

Question: From what then does it arise? Answer: the fruit is able to arise from the seed’s continuum, transformation, and differentiation. That is to say, the seed produces in succession sprout, stalk, leaf, and the rest, and the flower is the last, and it then draws forth the fruit.

Question: If so, why is it said that “the fruit is produced from the seed”? Answer: it is so said because the seed successively draws forth the capacity for producing the fruit within the flower. If the capacity for producing fruit within this flower were not drawn forth beforehand by the seed, then the mark of the fruit produced ought to differ from the seed (and it would not be a fruit of that seed at all).

So likewise, though it is said that “the fruit is produced from action,” it is not produced from that perished action, nor is the fruit produced immediately upon the action, but only from the continuum, transformation, and differentiation of action.

Question: What is meant by continuum, transformation, and differentiation? Answer: that action comes first and form and mind arise thereafter with no interval between is called the “continuum”; that in this very continuum each succeeding moment arises differently from each preceding one is called “transformation”; that in this very transformation there is at the last time a surpassing capacity that can produce its fruit with nothing intervening, surpassing the other transformations, is therefore called “differentiation.”

For instance, when an appropriating consciousness is at the very point of death, though it bears the perfuming drawn forth by many actions that can call forth a later existence, yet among them what is heavy, what has arisen near at hand, and what is drawn forth by repeated practice is the clearest, and the rest are not. As a stanza says:

〔Quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕 Among actions, the gravest, the nearest arisen, the repeatedly practiced, and what was done before — the earlier matures earlier and the later later, and thus one turns about in birth and death.

Treatise (maturation does not produce maturation): Within this sense there is a further difference. The capacity by which a maturation cause draws forth and gives a maturation fruit perishes as soon as the maturation fruit is had; while the capacity by which a homogeneous cause draws forth and gives a homogeneous result, if defiled, perishes as soon as its antidote arises, and if undefiled, perishes forever only at parinirvāṇa, since the continuum of form and mind then perishes forever.

Question: On what ground can a maturation fruit not call forth a maturation again, while from a fruit of a seed a further fruit does arise? Answer: this simile is not on all fours to begin with — not all dharmas are alike. And from a fruit of a seed likewise no further fruit arises.

Question: If so, from what does the later fruit arise? Answer: from a later difference of ripening and change. That is to say: at a later time the very fruit of the former seed, meeting such conditions of ripening and change as water and soil, is able to draw forth a difference of ripening and change. Only at the stage of producing a sprout does it get the name of “seed”; when it has not yet ripened and changed it is spoken of by the name it will have, or else, because it resembles a seed, the world says that it is a seed.

Here it is likewise: it is the former maturation itself which, meeting such conditions as the hearing of the true dharma or of false dharma that raise good or evil, is able to draw forth wholesome minds with outflows and unwholesome minds possessed of maturation; from this is drawn forth a continuum that transforms, drawing forth successively a difference of transformation, and from this difference the later maturation arises and not from anything else. Therefore the simile and the dharma agree.

Failing that, it may also be known by the parallel of other dharmas: as when a citron flower has been smeared with lac juice, with the continuum’s transforming and differentiating for its cause, its pulp is red when the fruit arises later; and from this red no further color is produced. Thus it should be known: from the maturation of action no further maturation can be drawn forth.

Treatise (referring it back to the Buddha’s cognition): What precedes has merely displayed the coarse marks of actions and their fruits in a general way, following the object-field that my own discernment reaches; but the capacities of the differences of the several classes therein, the transforming of the continuum perfumed by the several actions, and the arising of this or that fruit at this or that stage — only the Buddha can realize and know these, and they are not the object-field of any other. In accordance with this sense, therefore, there is a stanza that says:

〔Quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕 This action, this perfuming, the giving of fruit at this time — the determinate principle of all these kinds, apart from the Buddha none can know.

XXVII. Exhorting to Study and Handing the Work On — The End of the Whole Treatise

〔Stanza composed by the author · seven characters to the line · not a root stanza〕 This pure road of causes has been well spoken, namely the Buddha’s ultimate word and the true nature of dharmas; the dark and blind graspings of the outsiders should be cast off, and those hemmed in by evil views should go and seek the eye of discernment.

This is the one broad road that leads to the palace of nirvāṇa, the nature of “no-self” on which a thousand noble ones travel; and where the light of the Buddhas’ sunlike word shines, though eyes of distinction be opened they still cannot see (those unwilling to rely on this true dharma cannot see even with eyes open).

Within this corner it has been briefly expounded, in order to open for the wise the “poison-gate of discernment” (the poison-gate of discernment = as poison entering the body pervades it, so discernment enters by this one gate and pervades all dharmas); may each, as his own strength is able, comprehend all that is knowable and accomplish the surpassing work.

義疏Exposition

讀這一品之前

這一品在全論裡是個異數。前八品都有本頌,都是先出頌、後以長行自釋;到了這一品,本頌沒有了——本頌單行本裡根本不收破執我品,全品從頭到尾是長行,而且是通篇對辯:一個難接一個難,一個救接一個救,以「又……又……然……」的節奏往前推,中間沒有一句『如是已說,次當說』之類的過場話。這不是體例上的疏漏,是文體本身的選擇:破執不是講一套道理給人聽,是把對方的話一句一句逼到說不下去為止。

光記把這一品的位置說得最清楚——全論一部是要釋佛所說三法印中的「諸法無我」,而「前八品明諸法事,後一品明無我理」——前八品所明的是事(有哪些法、依什麼緣、成什麼果),最後這一品所明的是理(其中無我)。也就是說,前面八品講了一整套精密的法相之學,是為了讓最後這一句『其中沒有一個我』站得住腳。法相講得越細,我執越無處藏身——這是全論的收筆之勢。

讀這一品有一條線非握住不可,就是繫屬:哪一句是犢子部立的,哪一句是論主徵的;哪一句是數論外道說的,哪一句是勝論外道說的。這一品的難處不在文字深,在往復太密——一段裡常常『他立·我徵·他救·我再破』四五個回合,只要把說話的人認錯一次,整段就讀反了。三疏之中,頌疏於此段逐句標「犢子部問」「犢子部難」,最為細密;光記標「先述犢子部宗」以明其為犢子部自陳而非論主代言;寶疏標「犢子部引經難也」「犢子部總非前所引經非聖言量也」。本品的說者繫屬,即以三疏這些標宗為準繩。

全品的骨架依三疏所判是這樣的——先總破(現比二量遮離蘊我),次別破三家(犢子部·數論師·勝論師),末以七言三頌勸學流通。而三家之中,犢子部一段獨佔全品四分之三強,因為它最難破:外道之我還好破,難破的是佛弟子而執我的那一家。


一、總破:現量與比量,兩條路都堵死

〔清單一〕為什麼破我要從「二量」入手。 先問:這一品開口就說「越此依餘,豈無解脫?理必無有」——為什麼越出這一套教法就沒有解脫?答:因為離開這裡,人所依的都是「虛妄我執」;由我執之力煩惱生起,煩惱生則三有輪迴無有出期。這是把解脫與無我綁成一件事,不是兩件事。

那麼怎麼證明我執虛妄?論走的是認識論的路子——不去辯「我」的定義,而問:你這個我,我怎麼可能知道它? 認知只有兩條路:現量(當下親證)與比量(由徵推知)。若我體真是另有一件實物,它就該跟其餘有法一樣:沒有障緣就現量可得,像意之得六境;不然也該比量可得,像五色根之被推知。

「五色根比量」這一段值得細看,因為它示範了什麼叫合格的推知:眾緣都在而果不生,缺了某一緣則果不生、不缺則生——由這一出一入,斷定有一個看不見的別緣在。現前境與作意都具足,而盲人聾人之識不起、不盲聾者之識起,於是斷定另有眼等根。這是一條有『差別可徵』的推理。 反過來看離蘊之我:它既不現前可見,也找不到任何『有它則如此、無它則不如此』的差別——二量都無,我體遂無可立。

易誤處:以為論在說『看不見的東西都不存在』。不是的——五色根同樣看不見,論卻承認它有,因為有比量之徵。論所遮的不是「不可見」,是『不可徵』。 落地上:日後凡遇『某某實有』之說,先問一句『它有什麼差別可徵』;答不出來,那個「有」就只是名字。

二、犢子部敘宗:不一不異的四個字

〔清單二·上〕犢子部立的到底是什麼。 論文只有一句——「然犢子部執有補特伽羅,其體與蘊不一不異」。光記於此明標「先述犢子部宗」,交代這一段是犢子部的自陳,不是論主代它說話;又釋其部名之由:十八部之中有此一部,因佛世時有名犢子的外道,此部所執與之相近,故以標名,而其人是佛弟子而橫計我,過失尤顯,所以三家之中先破它。

要看清這四個字的用意。犢子部並不笨——它知道說「我與蘊異」會落常見(蘊滅而我不滅),說「我與蘊一」會落斷見(蘊滅則我滅);於是它取一條中間路線:不一不異,且不可說。這樣一來,佛所破的常斷二見它都躲開了,而輪迴的主體、憶念的主體、業果的承擔者又都有了著落。

易誤處:把犢子部讀成外道。它是佛教十八部之一——寶疏特別點出「諸部之中唯犢子部執有實我」,正是要提醒讀者:這一場是家裡的爭論,不是內外之爭。 也正因為是家裡人,破它才必須逐句逐字,不能一句「外道妄計」帶過。落地上:往後讀到「不可說」三字,先問一句『不可說是因為它超乎言詮,還是因為一說就露出破綻』——這一品要拆的正是後者。

三、實有假有之問:一把最簡單的尺

〔清單二·下〕論主先遞出的那把尺。 接著論文出現一問——「此應思擇,為實為假。實有假有相別云何?」答案給得極乾脆:別有事物是實有相,如色聲等;但有聚集是假有相,如乳酪等。 這把尺兩端清楚:有自己的別體者是實,只是眾物之聚者是假。

然後兩頭夾攻。許實,則有三失:一者體既別有,就該與蘊相異,如一蘊之異於另一蘊;二者既是實體就該有生它的因,不然就是無為,那便同外道之見;三者它毫無用處,只是白執一個實有。許假,則「便同我說」——你我無異,何必爭。

易誤處:以為這只是文字上的兩難。其實這一問是整段的樞紐——犢子部若敢答任何一頭,這場辯論當場就結束了;它之所以能撐下去,正因為它兩頭都不答,改口說『我只是依蘊而立』。所以下面全部的往復,都是論主在追問那個「依」字。

一則誠實記:光記於這一問標作「犢子部問」,而依長行語脈讀來,這一問更像是論主詰犢子部——二讀的問答方向恰好相反。此處並記兩讀,不強改光記,孰是孰非留與定奪。

四、火依薪喻(上):譬喻是怎麼被立起來的

〔清單三·上〕犢子部這個喻好在哪裡。 論主追問「如何名依」,犢子部答得漂亮——「此如世間依薪立火」。這個譬喻確實有力:離開薪確實立不出火,而薪與火在世間語感裡確實既不好說是一(薪是木,火是焰),也不好說是異(離薪無火)。犢子部要的正是這種語感:世間既容許薪火之不一不異,何以不容許蘊我之不一不異?

要教清的是這譬喻背後的論式。犢子部隨即補上兩句二難:「若火異薪,薪應不熱」——火若異於薪,那薪就該不熱,可是燒著的木頭明明是熱的,所以不是異;「若火與薪一,所燒即能燒」——火若即是薪,那被燒的就是能燒的,能所不分,所以不是一。兩頭都堵住,中間那條「不一不異」就顯得非立不可。

易誤處:以為譬喻只是修辭。在這一品裡,譬喻是論證的承重牆——犢子部把整個宗建在這一個喻上,所以論主也就整段整段地拆這一個喻。落地上:凡見人以譬喻立宗,先問一句『喻依與喻體,究竟哪一點相同』;相同之點若說不出來,那個喻就只是氣氛。

五、火依薪喻(下):論主的六層拆解

〔清單三·下〕怎麼把一個譬喻拆到底。 論主不駁譬喻,而是要求對方先把喻本身說清楚——「何者為火?何者為薪?」這一問就是全段的槓桿。犢子部只能依世間共了之說:不炎熾而被燒者是薪,有光明極熱能燒者是火。可是一旦如此定名,六層拆解就依次落下。

第一層,論主承認二者同以八事為體,但指出「緣薪故火方得生」——如緣乳酒而生酪酢,可見火在薪後,時各別故,火即異薪。第二層順此推去:那麼你的補特伽羅若真如火依薪,就得說它緣蘊而生、體異諸蘊、成無常住——這三句正是犢子部拚命要躲的。第三層,犢子部若改口說『熾燃木上煖觸名火、餘事名薪』,則薪火俱時而起、相有異故成異體,於是「依」字又落空——因為火不以薪為因,各從自因俱時生。第四層,若說「依」是俱生或依止之義,那就等於承認補特伽羅與蘊俱生或依蘊,體異已然分明承認;且薪無則火無,蘊無則我應無,而他又不許。第五層,回破他自設的「薪應不熱」——熱若即煖觸,則薪確非熱,體相異故;熱若指與煖合,則異體亦得名熱,薪也可叫熱——兩邊都不成其為難。第六層,若說遍燃時通名薪火,那補特伽羅與蘊就定是一,再沒有道理遮得住。

易誤處:把這六層讀成六個平行的反駁。它們不是平行的,是一條逼降的階梯——每一層都是先接受對方剛才的解釋,再指出那個解釋自己走到哪裡去。落地上:拆一個譬喻,不要否認它像;要問它『究竟像在哪一點』,然後看那一點推下去會到哪裡。

六、六識所識之辯:不可說的東西,可不可以被識

〔清單四〕論主怎麼用「識」逼「不可說」。 犢子部說補特伽羅是六識所識的——眼識識色時因而知有它,卻不可說與色一異;乃至意識識法亦然。論主由此連下七難。

第一難最要緊:若如此,它就跟乳酪一樣了——眼識識色時因而知有乳,身識覺觸時因而知有乳,亦不可說乳與色觸一異;照這樣,乳酪成了「假施設」,補特伽羅憑什麼不是?第二難拆「因茲知有」四字:是色為了它之因?還是了色時它亦可了?前者則色亦不異眼等(因為色也以眼明作意為因),後者則要問是色能了、還是別有能了——色能了則體即是色,別有能了則此異於色如黃異青。第三難:救說『兩種能了亦不可說一異』,則能了非有為攝,自壞其宗。第四難引經:色乃至識皆無有我。第五難就所緣緣逼問:眼識若緣色起,則它非眼識之緣如聲處;若緣此而起,則違「識起由二緣」之經,且它應成無常(諸因諸緣能生識者皆無常)。第六難:退說它非所緣,則非所識、非所知,而「有」便立不起來。第七難:既是六識所識,眼識識故應異聲等如色,耳識識故應異色等如聲。

易誤處:以為論主在鑽牛角尖。實則這七難是同一個道理的七個出口——凡進入認識關係之物,必落於某種可判的類別;犢子部要它既進得來(是所識)又判不了(不可說),這是要它同時在門內門外。落地上:讀到任何『既是……又不可說是……』之論,先問『它進不進得了認識的門』。

七、諸經之證:論主把佛經一部一部搬出來

〔清單五·上〕教證段為什麼放在破之後。 前面全是理徵,這一段轉為教證,一部接一部:五根行處各別經(五根各受用自境,意兼受用五根行處)·六生喻經之會通(經非就眼等六根說,是就五根增上所引之意識說)·一切所達所知法門經(一切可知之法只有十二處與觸受,其中無補特伽羅)·人契經(眼色為緣生眼識,三和合觸俱起受想思,唯由此量說名為人)·十二處經(我說一切有唯是十二處)·彼部自誦之經(如來齊此施設一切)·頻毘婆羅經(此中無有我我所性)。

要教清的是這一串經證的共同結構:每一部都在做同一件事——把「一切」窮舉一遍,然後指出窮舉之中沒有補特伽羅的位置。人契經尤其關鍵,因為它不但窮舉,還交代了「人」這個名字的來歷:只由眼色識觸受想思這麼多,就說名為人;隨義差別而假立有情·儒童·養者·命者·生者·補特伽羅諸名,皆「此唯名想,此唯自稱,但隨世俗假施設有」。而世尊自誡依了義經,此經正是了義。

易誤處:以為教證是在補理證之不足。不是的——理證破的是『我可以成立』,教證證的是『佛從來沒有這樣說過』,兩者所回答的問題不同。落地上:一個名字用得順口,不等於它背後有東西;人契經教的正是「名想」與「實物」之別。

八、教證之續:世羅偈·婆拕梨偈,與犢子部的最後一招

〔清單五·下〕兩首偈與「非量」之斥。 引經之末繫兩塊偈。世羅苾芻尼答魔王之偈,把「攬眾分,假想立為車」與「世俗立有情,應知攬諸蘊」對舉——車不是輪軸之外的東西,有情也不是諸蘊之外的東西,這是全品最平易的一喻。婆拕梨偈則從染淨說起:依心故染、依心故淨,而「我實無我性,顛倒故執有」,末後連能修空觀者亦不可得——空觀不留一個觀者,這一句把破我推到了盡處。

接著論文列執我五失(起我見有情見墮惡見趣·同外道越路而行·於空性心不悟入·不能淨信不能安住·不得解脫),而犢子部在此使出最後一招——「此皆非量。所以者何?於我部中曾不誦故」。寶疏於此明標「犢子部總非前所引經非聖言量也」。論主的回擊極重:你所許的量,是以部為量還是以佛言為量?以部為量,則「佛非汝師、汝非釋子」;以佛言為量,則此皆佛言。且此等經文諸部皆誦,不違法性亦不違餘經,而敢於中輒興誹撥——「唯縱兇狂,故極非理」。

易誤處:把這一段讀成意氣之爭。它其實立了一條判準:一段經文若諸部共誦、不違法性、不違餘經,便不得以「我部不誦」為由撥為非佛言。落地上:凡以『我這一家不承認』為由排除證據者,先問一句『你承認的標準是哪一家,還是佛言』。

九、一切智之難:相續有能,不是一念頓知

〔清單七·上〕犢子部反守為攻的一擊。 犢子部由前段轉出一難:若無我,則世尊應非一切智——因為心心所剎那生滅,沒有哪一個能知一切法;要遍知一切,非有常住之我不可。頌疏於此明標「從此第二,引證。犢子部問」,可見這是犢子部主動出擊之處。

論主的答,是全品最要緊的一個轉換:一切智不是『一念頓知一切』,是「相續有堪能」——所謂得佛之名的那一段諸蘊相續,成就了殊勝堪能,纔一作意,於所欲知之境即有無倒智起,故名一切智,「非於一念能頓遍知」。隨後引頌為證——「由相續有能,如火食一切,如是一切智,非由頓遍知」。火並不是一口吞下整片森林,它是逐分而燒,燒到哪裡哪裡盡;一切智之遍,是這種遍。

再一重證:說佛有三世(過去諸佛·未來諸佛·現在諸佛皆滅眾生憂),而犢子部自己只許蘊有三世、不許數取趣有三世——那麼有三世的既是蘊之相續,遍知也就繫於相續。 這是用對方的許可逼出對方的結論。

易誤處:以為「非頓遍知」是在減佛的功德。恰恰相反——它把「一切智」從一個靜態的容量,改寫成一種隨作意而無倒的能力。落地上:凡遇「無限」之屬性,先問它是『同時擁有一切』還是「於一切無礙」;二者差別極大。

十、重擔經與其後諸難:卷三十開卷的一連串逼問

〔清單七·下〕四個難連著來。 卷三十一開卷不是過場,是對辯中途的一問——「若唯五取蘊名補特伽羅,何故世尊作如是說:吾今為汝說諸重擔、取捨重擔、荷重擔者?」既說重擔又說荷者,可見荷者不是重擔本身。論主的答是把三者都放回蘊裡:經自言愛名取擔者,愛既蘊攝,荷者亦然;五取蘊自相逼害得重擔名,前前剎那引後後故名為荷者。而恐人誤此為常住實有,經後佛自釋「但隨世俗,說此具壽有如是名」。

第二難:撥無化生有情者為邪見所攝,可見有補特伽羅。答:誰說無化生有情?蘊相續能往後世、不由胎卵濕者即是,化生諸蘊理實有故。且進一步反問:你說此邪見謗補特伽羅,那它是見所斷還是修所斷?補特伽羅非諦所攝,邪見又非修所斷——兩頭都安不下。第三難:經說「一補特伽羅生在世間」。答:此於總中假說一,如世說一麻一米;「生」非如蘊新起,是依此時取別蘊而說,如世說「記論者生」「老者生」皆取所得而言;且勝義空經已遮——「有業有異熟,作者不可得」,頗勒具那經亦言「我終不說有能取者」。第四難以造色即大種為比。答:那是彼宗之過;若真許造色即大種,就該許即五蘊立補特伽羅。

易誤處:以為這四難各自獨立。其實它們是同一種手法的四次重演——從佛的一句話裡挑出一個名詞,說『有名必有物』;而論主四次的回答也是同一個:名之所依是相續,不是別體。

十一、龍軍與畢隣陀王:不記,不等於藏著答案

〔清單六·上〕一個故事教一件事。 犢子部問:若補特伽羅即是諸蘊,世尊何不記「命者即身」?論主答:觀能問者之阿世耶(意樂)——問者所執的是一個「內用士夫體實非虛」的命者,這東西根本沒有,一異便都不成立,如龜毛之不可記硬軟。頌疏於此明標「從此第三,置答益物分,先難後答」。

然後論文引出古昔一段公案。大德龍軍具三明六通八解脫,畢隣陀王來問,先要求「尊能直答」;王問命者與身為一為異,大德答「此不應記」。王責其違約,大德反問王:宮中菴羅樹所生果味為酢為甘?王言宮中本無此樹。大德再責:先無要耶?王言樹既無,寧可答果味甘酢。於是大德誨曰——命者亦無,如何可言與身一異。

要教清的是這故事的機關:問題本身預設了一個不存在的主詞,任何一個答案都等於承認那個主詞。所以不答不是迴避,是拒絕背書。三疏之中唯頌疏明白標出龍軍之名並複述此段問答,光記寶疏皆未特標人名。落地上:遇到『你只要回答是或不是』的逼問,先看它的主詞立不立得住。

十二、佛何不逕說命者都無:置答之為益物

〔清單六·下〕不說「無」的理由,跟不說「有」不一樣。 犢子部再問:佛何不說命者都無?答仍是觀問者阿世耶——彼或於諸蘊相續而謂為命者,若答「都無」,他就墮邪見;他未能了達緣起之理,非受正法之器,故不為說假有。這裡有一層極細的分寸:「無我」與『連假我也無』是兩句話,對機不同,說法便不同。

論文隨即以筏蹉外道之問為證:問「我於世間為有非有」,佛皆不記——記有則違法真理(一切法皆無我),記無則增彼愚惑(彼將謂我先有今無)。而「對執有愚,此愚更甚」——斷見比常見更難救。繼而兩塊頌收束:一者以牝虎銜子為喻,執真我為有則為見牙所傷,撥俗我為無則壞善業之子——銜緊則傷、鬆則墜,佛說正法正是這樣的分寸。此頌光記與頌疏皆明繫為經部師鳩摩邏多之頌,非論主自造。二者為論主自造之頌,逐句把上面的分寸再說一遍:由實命者無故不言一異,恐撥無假我故不說都無;蘊相續中有業果命者,說無則彼並此撥無;不說蘊中有假名命者,由觀發問者無力解真空。

易誤處:把「置答」讀成佛也不知道。論說得明白,置答是益物——為了這個人此刻能不能受,而不是為了保留一個祕密。

十三、何緣不記世間常等:四記皆非理

〔清單八〕十四無記的第一組怎麼析。 論主自設一問:何緣不記世間常等?答:亦觀問者阿世耶。析法分兩路:若問者執「我」為世間——我體都無,故四記皆非理,無主詞可記;若執「生死」皆名世間——四記亦皆非理,且逐句析之:記常則無得涅槃;記非常則自然斷滅,不由功力咸得涅槃;記亦常亦非常則定有一分永不得涅槃、一分自證圓寂;記非常非非常則成「非得涅槃,非不得涅槃」,決定相違便成戲論。而依聖道實可般涅槃,故四定記皆不應理。並舉離繫子問雀死生,佛知其心而不為定記。

有邊等四句何以亦不記?以同常等皆有失故。何以知其義同?以外道嗢底迦先問有邊等四,復矯問『世間皆由聖道得出離、為一分耶』,阿難逕告以「汝以此事已問世尊,今復何緣改名重問」——換一個問法而問的是同一件事,此即義同之徵。如來死後有等四句亦不記,因問者是妄計已解脫之我名為如來而問。

論主更就此反詰執我者:佛既記有現在補特伽羅,何不記如來死後亦有?答曰恐墮常失——那麼佛記慈氏當來作佛、記弟子生於某處,豈非亦有墮常之過?若說佛見而不記,則有離蘊常住之過;若說見與不見俱不可說,則連「佛是一切智非一切智」也成不可說了。

其一,「諦故住故」之證,兩面都能引。 若謂實有補特伽羅,理由是契經言「諦故住故」,定執無我者墮惡見處——論主答此不成證:同一部經也說定執有我者墮惡見處,一句經文兩面都站得住,就不能單取一面當證。論主隨即引阿毘達磨諸論師之說:「執我有無俱邊見攝,如次墮在常斷邊故」,並評曰「彼師所說深為應理」——以執有我則墮常邊,執無我便墮斷邊,前面的《筏蹉經》已分明說過。可見經所遮的是兩頭的定執,不是替其中一頭作證。

其二,誰在流轉——燎原火之喻。 難曰:若定無補特伽羅,是誰流轉生死?生死總不能自己流轉。論主先指出,說「由捨前蘊取後蘊」而立流轉者,此義前面已徵遣過。正答是一個喻:「如燎原火雖剎那滅,而由相續說有流轉」——燎原之火念念生滅,沒有一顆不變的火粒從此處走到彼處,而人人都說火在蔓延,靠的正是相續。蘊聚假說有情,愛取為緣流轉生死,道理同此。經中佛自言「今我於昔為世導師名為妙眼」,若讀成昔我即今,體便應常住;論主判此語所顯的是「昔與今是一相續」,正如世間說「此火曾燒彼事」。

其三,若定有真我,過失在哪裡——並收三類見。 若決定有真實我,則此我應唯佛能明了觀;既明了觀,便應生堅固我執,從我執生我所執,從此而生我我所愛。故佛言:執有我便執我所,於諸蘊中發生我我所愛薩迦耶見,「我愛所縛則為謗佛,去解脫遠」。若辯稱於我不起我愛,論主判為無義之言——於非我中橫計為我,才容起我愛;於實我中反倒不起,這種說法無理可為證。故執真我者「於佛真聖教中無有因緣起見瘡皰」,連生起正見的因緣都被自己堵死了。全段最後把所破收作三類:一類執有不可說補特伽羅、一類總撥一切法體皆非有、外道執有別真我性——「此等一切見不如理,皆不能免無解脫過」。三類分居兩端與一中:撥無是斷、執真我是常、不可說則兩不著而仍是執,故同無解脫。

易誤處:以為十四無記是佛的謙辭。論所示的正好相反——四記之所以不記,是因為四記逐條都推得出荒謬,不記是分析的結果,不是態度。另一處易誤,是把『破我』讀成『撥無一切』。本段收尾的三類見裡,總撥一切法體皆非有正是被破的一類——無我所遣的是常住的主宰,不是相續與業果本身。

十四、憶念記知:沒有我,是誰在記得

〔清單九〕全品正面義理的第一次現身。 前面都在破,這一節開始正說。難曰:若我體都無,剎那滅心,對久遠相似之境憑什麼能憶?答:憶知是「從相續內念境想類心差別生」——要有緣彼境的作意·相似·相屬·想等緣,還要有那一類心之差別為因,二者具足方能修起憶念,缺一不可。

第二難更利:異心所見,後異心能憶,天授之心所見豈是祠授之心能憶?答曰此難不相屬——那兩個心彼此不相屬,不像同一相續有因果性;我等不說異心見異心憶,相續一故。於是「從過去緣彼境心,引起今時能憶念識」,由相續轉變差別之力而生念。

第三難問「誰之念」——若無我,這第六聲(屬格)依什麼說?答:第六聲依屬主義,如牛屬制怛羅,而所謂主者是『於彼所乘所搆所役等中得自在』。論主於此反手一逼:你要在哪裡驅役這個念?答在所念境上。役念為何?答令念起。那麼——念尚未起,你拿什麼去驅役它?既然只能是令念起,那麼因即名主、果名能屬,「即生念因足為念主,何勞立我為念主耶」。且世間所謂牛主,其中亦無一實制怛羅、無實牛,唯是假施設。憶念既爾,記知亦然。

易誤處:以為『無我則無記憶』。論的回答不是取消記憶,是把記憶的擔保人從一個常住的我,換成一段有因果性的相續。落地上:凡覺得某事非有一個主體不可,先問一句『這件事真正需要的是『同一個東西』,還是『同一段相續』』。

十五、破數論師:行與行者,能了與了者

〔清單十〕外道之破,從此開始。 數論之宗一句話——「決定有我,事用必待事用者故」,如天授行必待天授,識等事用亦必待所依能了者。光記於此明標「文第二破數論師」,其科仍是敘宗·正破·通難三段格式。

論主的破從一個詰問入手:你說的天授是什麼? 若是實我,前面已破;若是假士夫,那它體非一物,只是諸行相續上假立之名——那麼「如天授能行,識能了亦爾」,兩邊一齊成假,你的比喻反而幫我。接著論主釋世間何以說「天授能行」:剎那生滅之諸行不異相續而立天授之名,愚夫執為一體,作自相續異處生之因;異處生名行,因即名行者——如焰與聲異處相續,世亦說焰能行·聲能行。

再進一層問:識於所緣為何所作?答「都無所作,但以境生」——如果酬因,雖無所作而似因起,故名酬因;識生雖無所作而似境,故名了境。所謂似境者,謂帶彼相;識雖亦託根生而不名了根,正因所帶是境相。或就前識引後識而說識能了,亦無過失,世間於因說作者——如說鐘鼓能鳴、如說燈能行;焰相續中假立燈號,燈於異處相續生時說為燈行,並無別行者。

易誤處:以為『識能了境』是識對境作了什麼手腳。論說得明白:什麼也沒作,只是帶著境相而生。落地上:語言裡的主詞不等於實有的作者——「燈行」『鐘鳴』「識了」皆是就因說作者。

十六、破勝論師:我與意合,說不通在哪裡

〔清單十一〕第三家的執與其層層之救。 勝論之宗——「一類外道作如是執,諸心生時皆從於我」。光記標「文第三破勝論師」。論主先以前二難相逼:若諸心皆從我生,何緣後識不恒似前、不定次生如芽莖葉——我既常一,果何以有異

彼救以「待意合差別」。論主逐層拆:一者我與餘合非極成,且二物合有分限——彼自釋合相為「非至為先、後至名合」,那麼我與意合亦應有分限,意移轉則我應移轉,或應與意俱有壞滅;二者若說一分合,我體無分,無別分可合;三者設許有合,我體既常、意無別異,合何由有別?四者若待別覺,則問覺因何有差別;五者若待行別而我意合,那就該「但心待行差別能生異識,何用我為」——我於識生都無所用,而說諸識皆從我生,論主以一喻譏之:如藥事已成能除痼疾,卻誑醫矯說是唸了咒語之功。

彼再救以「此二我為所依」。論主問:如誰與誰為所依?若心行如畫如果、我如壁如器,則有更相礙失與別住失。彼遂改喻曰「此但如地,能為香等四物所依」——論主於是說了全品最從容的一句:「彼如是言,證成無我,故我於此深生喜慰」。因為地正是離香等別不可得的:誰能了一個離香等之地?只是於香等聚集差別而世俗立地之名;我亦如是,只是於心等諸蘊差別假立我名。彼最後以「有念等德句義故,德必依止實句義故」為證,論主答以不極成——許有別體者皆名實,經說六實物名沙門果故;且「依」義前已遮遣,所立但有虛言。

易誤處:以為論主是在嘲弄對方。他真正做的是把對方最好的譬喻接過來,讓它自己走到無我那一邊——這是全品破外道諸段中最漂亮的一手。

十七、業果相續轉變差別:全論無我正義的收束

〔清單十二〕最後一問,也是最實的一問。 難曰:若實無我,業已滅壞,云何復能生未來果?論主先以同樣的話回敬——設有實我,業已滅壞,又如何能生未來果?可見這個問題與有我無我無關,它是任何人都要回答的。彼答從依止於我而生法非法,論主以「依」義已破遣之。

正答在此:不是從已壞之業生果,而是「從業相續轉變差別,如種生果」。世間說果從種生,然果不從已壞之種起,也不從種無間即生,而是從種之相續轉變差別——種次生芽莖葉等,花為最後方引果生;所以說「從種生果」者,是由種展轉引起花中生果之功能。三個名字論自己下了定義:業為先而後色心起、中無間斷,名相續;此相續後後剎那異前前生,名轉變;此轉變於最後時有勝功能無間生果、勝餘轉變,名差別。

其後兩重補說。一者命終取果之序——有取識正命終時雖帶眾多後有業之熏習,而「重近起,數習先所作」者明了非餘,故有頌云「業極重近起,數習先所作,前前前後熟,輪轉於生死」。二者異熟不生異熟——異熟因所引之功能,與果已即謝滅;問何緣異熟果不能招異熟,而種果卻有別果生?答曰譬喻本不齊等,且從種之果亦無別果生,後果乃從後熟變差別所生(前種之果遇水土等熟變緣,引生熟變差別);此亦如是——前異熟遇聞正邪等緣,引生善不善有異熟心,從此引生相續轉變,展轉引轉變差別,從此差別後異熟生。又以拘櫞花塗紫礦汁、後果瓤赤而不更生餘色為類。末以「唯佛證知非餘境界」收,繫頌「此業此熏習,至此時與果,一切種定理,離佛無能知」。

易誤處:以為「相續轉變差別」是一個玄妙的名詞。它其實只是把種生果的常識拆成三段話——接得上(相續)·前後有異(轉變)·到某一刻特別有力(差別)。落地上:業果不待一個常住的承擔者,只待這三件事都成立。

十八、勸學流通:全論的最後三頌

〔清單十三〕論主怎麼結束一部三十卷的書。 末後三頌是七言,體裁一變,語氣亦一變——前面全是徵破,此處全是勸請。寶疏於此標「自下三頌,大文第二於當品中勸學流通」,並判三頌各有所勸:初一頌勸學聞慧、次一頌勸學思慧、後一頌勸學修慧。

第一頌立所歸——「已善說此淨因道,謂佛至言真法性」,所善說者即清淨之因道,其體即佛之至言與真實法性;「應捨闇盲諸外執,惡見所為求慧眼」,被惡見所困者正該來求慧眼。第二頌顯所趣——「此涅槃宮一廣道,千聖所遊無我性」,無我不是一個結論,是一條路,而且是千聖共走的那一條;「諸佛日言光所照,雖開殊眼不能覩」,日光普照而不肯依者仍不能見。第三頌交付讀者——「於此方隅已略說,為開智者慧毒門,庶各隨己力堪能,遍悟所知成勝業」。

「慧毒門」三字是全論的收筆之眼:毒之入身,從一處而遍全身;智慧亦然,從一門而遍入一切法。論主自言所說只是「方隅」(一角),其用不在窮盡,而在替讀者開一個門——其後遍悟所知、成就勝業,各隨己力。全論最後一個字是「業」,而這個「業」不再是輪迴之業,是遍悟所知之勝業。這一轉,正是三十卷書的落點。


承衍:三疏之鏡

以上是本品論文自身之義。此下另立一節,收四事:本品於全論之位、三疏之判釋與互異、系內對辯之全闕、真諦舊譯之異。鏡非論,只是換一種讀法看同一段文;並錄不判,各還其位。

一、本品於全論之位(二解並錄)

光記於此有二解。其一依常途,本品自為全論九品之末品,有其正宗之義;其二則謂本品全屬流通——乘定品末勸學流通之勢而起問,剩明破我之義,故品首「越此依餘,豈無解脫」一問並非新起,而是承前品之傷歎勸學而來。二解並錄,不判其孰是。

寶疏於此另出一準——「准諸經例,問非序分不可分三」,明言本品不宜以序分·正宗分·流通分三分之例強套。此語與光記第二解方向不同而各有其理,並錄不判。

再記一事以誌本品之異。本品既無本頌,本頌單行本亦不收,於是眾賢二論結構上根本不設此品(見下);而三疏之中向來「唯釋頌」的頌疏,卻於此品逐段連續釋文,改用逐段科判加引論文原句再以散文釋之的體例——體例變而覆蓋不變。本品頌數之唯一硬約束(正破十七行·流通三行)也正出於頌疏。三疏於本品之相對價值,於此與他品恰相反。

二、三疏之判釋與互異

一部全然缺席的疏。 神泰疏是殘本,於本品全闕——「破我品」「破執我」「犢子部」「補特伽羅」「世羅」「龍軍」諸詞於其書皆零見。更須一記的是:他品之闕尚可於其卷一總覽表得一頌數之證,本品連總覽表之證亦無,因為總表止於定品,而本品無本頌可計行。據實標闕,不以他品之文充之。

品名解題三家各有取徑。 光記以「我體實無,諸有橫執,此品廣破執我」釋名,並把本品放在全論結構上說——一部論釋三法印中之諸法無我,前八品明諸法有,此一品破我明無。寶疏行文較簡,逕就本品破我明宗,而別補一義:諸部之中唯犢子部執有實我——點出犢子部是佛教部派而非外道,故與數論勝論之破有別。頌疏開卷以「夫雲披月現,執亡空明」一語提綱,並逐字釋部名之由(佛世時有外道厥名犢子,今此部執同斯外道,故以標名),又獨出音義對照『筏蹉此云犢子』——三疏之中唯此一家出音義注。

品級大科三家同判二分而細分互異。 光記作大文二分(廣破異執·勸學流通),廣破內分總破別破,別破三家,且每一破皆用『敘宗·正破·通難』同一格式,三度重現。寶疏作二分(正破我·勸學無我),正破分三。頌疏亦作二分,而其分法繫於頌——正破十七行分六(正顯真空六行·明佛遍知二行·置答益物六行·因相不測一行·果生先後一行·業報難知一行),流通三行。三家皆止於二分,無一家於品中另立第三級大科,這也正是本品不宜再分子的緣由。

說者標籤之密度差最顯著。 光記標「先述犢子部宗」「犢子部問」;寶疏標「犢子部引經難也」「犢子部總非前所引經非聖言量也」;頌疏則逐句標「犢子部問」「犢子部難」「又犢子問」,是三疏中唯一逐句標問答者。⇒ 本品白話層與義疏層之繫屬,即以三疏此諸標宗為準繩。一則誠實記:光記於「實有假有相別云何」一問標作「犢子部問」,而依長行語脈可讀為論主詰犢子部,二讀方向相反,並記不強改;又火依薪喻之後論主之破、常等四記一段之問者,三疏皆未見另立明標,據實記「無標」,依上下文語氣繫屬,不代疏家立標。

龍軍一段:唯頌疏標其名。 光記與寶疏於此段皆零見「龍軍」「畢隣陀」二名——非漏釋,乃二家於敘事插段之慣例不特標人名,逕由上下文承接釋之;『零見』不斷言「無釋」。頌疏則逐句復述此段問答之梗概,教學價值於此段最高。三家各有所長,不判優劣。

牝虎銜子一頌之出處:二疏同判。 該頌前文雖作「故有頌曰」,然光記明繫「經部中鳩摩邏多有是頌言」,頌疏亦作「一經部師中鳩摩邏多頌、第二論主頌」——故此頌非論主自造,其後「復說頌曰」一塊方是論主自造。 二疏逐字同判,讀者於此不可依「頌曰」二字逕判為論主之語。

三、系內對辯:一個結構性的零

眾賢二論於本品皆無對應,而且不是『有品而闕文』,是品目本身不存在——《順正理論》全書八品,止於辯定品;《顯宗論》全書九品,亦止於辯定品第九。本品九塊偈頌之首句串於二論全零見,「破執我」「破我品」二詞亦零見(該論散見「破我宗」三處,皆泛稱他宗立場之套語,非品名,不得充數)。

此闕之由與本品『無本頌』互為表裏。經錄結二論曰「右二部論與俱舍論頌同釋異並眾賢造」——二論是用俱舍本頌而別作長行的;本品既無本頌,二論便無所繫之頌可釋。⇒ 據實標闕,不以他品之文充之。

附記一條檢索之誡:《顯宗論》首立序品而《順正理論》無之,故其品號整體後移一位,其「第九」即定品;引其品題必先核品名。又「辯/辨」二形之用字,底本與三疏取向相反,以底本之字搜三疏必得假零命中,一律二形並試。

四、真諦舊譯之異

品名近而不同。 玄奘作「破執我品」,真諦作「破說我品」,訓字皆通破執我之義,開合全同(皆單品·不分卷次之目)。兩譯亦皆以此品為末品,收筆處相同。

品界歸屬之開合差一例。 定品末那一組十頌(自「大師世間眼已閉」至「求脫勿放逸」),玄奘繫於定品之末,真諦則以之開破說我品。同一頌組,一本繫前品之尾、一本繫本品之首——純屬品界歸屬之差,義理無別。本帙從三疏而繫定品末,並記其異,不判。

部名與人法之名皆系統性相異。 玄奘意譯「犢子部」,真諦音寫作「跋私弗多羅部」,後段引筏蹉經處又作「筏蹉」——同部異名於真諦本內部亦不一律,唯錄不判;頌疏『筏蹉此云犢子』一注正可為二名同指之旁證。玄奘音譯「補特伽羅」,真諦則逕以「人」譯之。⇒ 以玄奘之詞搜真諦本必得假零命中,逐段對位一律取場景結構。

逐句全合者二處。 其一實有假有之判——真諦作「若如色等別有,名實有物。若如乳等但聚集有,名假名有」,與玄奘之色聲喻實有·乳酪喻假有全合,惟諦本作二問並列而奘本作一問二答。其二火依薪喻——真諦作「如約薪執說火,約陰執說人亦爾……若火異薪,薪應不熱。若火不異薪,所燒應即是能燒」,喻體·喻依·二難之式與玄奘逐句相合。另一切智一頌,真諦作「由相續有能,稱火食一切;說遍知亦然,不由俱悉解」,偈義全合而譯語系統異(奘「一切智」/諦「遍知」)。

誠實記。 龍軍與畢隣陀王一段,真諦本場景全合(王問命者一異·大德以宮中無樹則果味無可答為喻反詰),惟未見逐字標出「龍軍」「畢隣陀」之譯名,據實記闕——場景確在,詳名待覆核,未查得不等於彼本無。又世羅偈·孔雀輪頌·末後四頌之逐字細校尚未完成,據實記為待補,不以玄奘之詞代填。二譯優劣不判。

Before Reading This Chapter

This chapter is an anomaly within the whole treatise. The preceding eight chapters all have root stanzas, and all first set out the stanza and then explain it themselves in prose; when we come to this chapter the root stanzas are gone — the separate edition of the root stanzas does not include the Chapter on Refuting the Grasped Self at all, and the chapter is prose from beginning to end, and moreover it is disputation throughout: one objection follows another, one defense follows another, pressing forward in the rhythm of “again… again… yet…,” with never a transitional sentence in between of the sort “this having been explained, next it should be explained.” This is no oversight of form; it is a choice of the literary form itself: to refute a grasping is not to expound a body of doctrine for someone to hear, but to press the opponent’s words sentence by sentence until he can say no more.

Puguang’s Record states this chapter’s position most clearly — the whole treatise is meant to explain “all dharmas are without self,” one of the three seals of the dharma spoken by the Buddha, and “the preceding eight chapters clarify the facts of dharmas, and the last chapter clarifies the principle of no-self” — what the preceding eight chapters clarify is fact (which dharmas there are, in dependence on which conditions, completed into which results), and what this last chapter clarifies is principle (that within them there is no self). That is to say, the preceding eight chapters expounded a whole precise science of the marks of dharmas in order that this last sentence, “within them there is no self,” might stand firm. The finer the marks of dharmas are expounded, the less room the grasping of a self has to hide — this is the closing momentum of the whole treatise.

There is one thread in reading this chapter that must not be let go, and that is attribution: which sentence is put forward by the Vātsīputrīyas and which is the author’s challenge; which sentence is spoken by the Sāṃkhya non-Buddhists and which by the Vaiśeṣika non-Buddhists. The difficulty of this chapter is not that the wording is deep but that the exchanges are too dense — within a single passage there are often four or five rounds of “he posits · I challenge · he defends · I refute again,” and to mistake the speaker even once is to read the whole passage backwards. Among the three commentaries, Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary marks “the Vātsīputrīyas ask” and “the Vātsīputrīyas object” sentence by sentence in this passage, and is the most finely detailed; Puguang’s Record marks “first stating the tenet of the Vātsīputrīyas” to make clear that this is the Vātsīputrīyas’ own statement and not the author speaking on their behalf; Fabao’s Commentary marks “the Vātsīputrīyas cite a sūtra to object” and “the Vātsīputrīyas altogether deny that the sūtras cited above are the valid word of the noble ones.” The attribution of speakers in this chapter takes just these markings of the three commentaries as its standard.

The skeleton of the whole chapter, as adjudged by the three commentaries, is this — first the general refutation (blocking a self apart from the aggregates by the two means of knowledge, direct perception and inference), next the several refutations of the three parties (the Vātsīputrīyas · the Sāṃkhya masters · the Vaiśeṣika masters), and at the end three stanzas of seven characters to the line exhorting to study and handing the work on. And among the three parties, the Vātsīputrīya passage alone takes up well over three quarters of the chapter, because it is the hardest to refute: the self of the non-Buddhists is easy enough to refute; what is hard to refute is the party that grasps a self while being disciples of the Buddha.


I. The General Refutation: Both Roads, Direct Perception and Inference, Are Blocked

〔Checklist 1〕Why the refutation of the self begins from the “two means of knowledge.” First the question: this chapter opens by saying “if one relies on another beyond this, is there no liberation? In principle there certainly is none” — why should there be no liberation outside this body of teaching? The answer: because apart from this, what people rely on is all “the false grasping of a self”; by the force of that grasping the afflictions arise, and once the afflictions arise there is no term to the transmigration of the three existences. This binds liberation and no-self into one matter, not two.

Then how is it proved that the grasping of a self is false? The road the treatise takes is the road of cognition — it does not argue about the definition of “self” but asks: this self of yours, how could I possibly know it? Cognition has only two roads: direct perception (present and personal witness) and inference (knowledge derived from an attestation). If the entity of the self really were a further real thing, it ought to be like any other existent dharma: with no obstructing condition it should be obtained by direct perception, as the six object-fields are obtained by the mind; and failing that, it should be obtained by inference, as the five form-faculties are inferred.

The passage on “the inference of the five form-faculties” is worth close reading, because it exhibits what qualifies as sound inferential knowledge: the several conditions are all present and yet the result does not arise; lacking a certain condition the result does not arise, and not lacking it, it does — and from this one dropping-out and coming-in one determines that there is a further, invisible condition present. The object before one and attention are both complete, and yet the consciousness of the blind and the deaf does not arise while that of the not-blind and not-deaf does, and thereupon one determines that there are further faculties, the eye and the rest. This is a piece of reasoning that has a “difference to be attested.” Look now at the self apart from the aggregates: it is neither visible in the present nor is any difference of the sort “if it is there, so; if it is not there, not so” to be found — neither means of knowledge yields it, and the entity of the self accordingly cannot be established.

A place easily misread: taking the treatise to be saying that “whatever cannot be seen does not exist.” It is not so — the five form-faculties equally cannot be seen, and yet the treatise grants that they exist, because there is the attestation of inference. What the treatise blocks is not “the invisible” but “the unattestable.” Where this lands: hereafter, whenever some claim of the form “such and such really exists” is met with, first ask the one question, “what difference does it have to be attested by”; if no answer comes, that “existence” is only a name.

II. The Vātsīputrīyas State Their Tenet: The Four Words “Neither the Same nor Different”

〔Checklist 2 · first part〕What it is that the Vātsīputrīyas posit. The treatise gives it in a single sentence — “yet the Vātsīputrīyas grasp that there is a pudgala, whose entity is neither the same as the aggregates nor different from them.” Puguang’s Record marks here expressly “first stating the tenet of the Vātsīputrīyas,” explaining that this passage is the Vātsīputrīyas’ own statement, not the author speaking on their behalf; and he explains further the source of the school’s name: among the eighteen schools there is this one, because in the Buddha’s lifetime there was a non-Buddhist named Vatsa whose position this school’s grasping resembles, whence its label; and since these are disciples of the Buddha who yet perversely reckon a self, their fault is the more conspicuous, and so this school is refuted first among the three parties.

The purpose of those four words must be clearly seen. The Vātsīputrīyas are not stupid — they know that to say “the self differs from the aggregates” is to fall into the view of permanence (the aggregates cease and the self does not), and that to say “the self is the same as the aggregates” is to fall into the view of annihilation (the aggregates cease and the self ceases with them); so they take a middle road: neither the same nor different, and moreover inexpressible. In this way they avoid both the view of permanence and the view of annihilation refuted by the Buddha, while the subject of transmigration, the subject of recollection, and the bearer of the fruit of action all find a lodging.

A place easily misread: reading the Vātsīputrīyas as non-Buddhists. They are one of the eighteen schools of Buddhism — Fabao’s Commentary points out expressly that “among the several schools only the Vātsīputrīyas grasp that there is a real self,” precisely in order to remind the reader that this contest is a quarrel within the household, not a contest between insiders and outsiders. And just because they are of the household, refuting them must be done sentence by sentence and word by word, and cannot be waved away with “the deluded reckoning of non-Buddhists.” Where this lands: hereafter, on meeting the three words “cannot be expressed,” first ask the one question, “is it inexpressible because it surpasses speech, or because to express it is at once to show the flaw” — it is the latter that this chapter is taking apart.

III. The Question of Real Existence and Conventional Existence: The Simplest of Measures

〔Checklist 2 · second part〕The measure the author hands over first. Next there appears in the treatise a question — “this should be pondered and discriminated: is it real or conventional? What is the difference of the marks of real existence and conventional existence?” The answer given is utterly crisp: to have a separate thing is the mark of real existence, as with form and sound; to be merely an aggregation is the mark of conventional existence, as with milk and curds. Both ends of this measure are clear: what has an entity of its own is real; what is merely a heap of many things is conventional.

Then he closes in from both sides. To allow that it is real brings three faults: first, since its entity is separately existent, it ought to differ from the aggregates, as one aggregate differs from another; second, being a real entity it ought to have a cause producing it, and if it has none it is unconditioned, which is to walk with the view of the non-Buddhists; third, it is of no use whatever, and one has merely grasped a real existent for nothing. To allow that it is conventional “is then to say just what I say” — you and I do not differ, so what is there to argue about?

A place easily misread: taking this for a merely verbal dilemma. In fact this question is the pivot of the whole passage — had the Vātsīputrīyas dared to answer either horn, the debate would have ended on the spot; the reason they can hold out is precisely that they answer neither, and change their wording to “I only establish it in dependence on the aggregates.” And so the whole of the exchange that follows is the author pressing on that word “dependence.”

One honest record: Puguang’s Record marks this question as “the Vātsīputrīyas ask,” whereas read according to the flow of the prose it reads rather as the author challenging the Vātsīputrīyas — the two readings run in exactly opposite directions as to who asks and who answers. Both readings are recorded here, without forcing a change upon Puguang; which is right is left to be settled.

IV. The Simile of Fire in Dependence on Firewood (First Part): How the Simile Is Set Up

〔Checklist 3 · first part〕What is good about this simile of the Vātsīputrīyas. The author presses on with “what is called dependence,” and the Vātsīputrīyas answer handsomely — “this is like establishing fire in dependence on firewood in the world.” The simile is indeed forceful: apart from firewood no fire can indeed be established, and in the ordinary feel of language firewood and fire are indeed hard to call the same (firewood is wood, fire is flame) and hard to call different (apart from firewood there is no fire). It is just this feel of language that the Vātsīputrīyas want: since the world allows that firewood and fire are neither the same nor different, why should it not be allowed that the aggregates and the self are neither the same nor different?

What has to be taught clearly is the argumentative form behind this simile. The Vātsīputrīyas at once add two horns: “if fire differed from firewood, firewood ought not to be hot” — if the fire differed from the firewood, then the firewood ought not to be hot, and yet burning wood is plainly hot, and so they are not different; “if fire and firewood were the same, then what is burned would be what burns” — if the fire just were the firewood, then what is burned would be what burns, and the acting and the acted-upon would not be distinguished, and so they are not the same. Both ends are stopped, and the “neither the same nor different” in the middle then looks as though it must be posited.

A place easily misread: taking the simile for mere rhetoric. In this chapter the simile is a load-bearing wall of the argument — the Vātsīputrīyas build their whole tenet upon this one simile, and so the author too takes this one simile apart passage by passage. Where this lands: whenever someone establishes a tenet by a simile, first ask the one question, “the thing likened and the thing it is likened to — in exactly what respect are they alike”; if the point of likeness cannot be stated, that simile is only atmosphere.

V. The Simile of Fire in Dependence on Firewood (Second Part): The Author’s Six Layers of Analysis

〔Checklist 3 · second part〕How to take a simile apart to the very bottom. The author does not rebut the simile; he requires the opponent first to state the simile itself clearly — “which is the fire? which is the firewood?” This one question is the lever of the whole passage. The Vātsīputrīyas can only follow what the world commonly understands: what is not ablaze and is burned is the firewood; what has brightness, is exceedingly hot, and can burn is the fire. But once the naming is fixed in this way, the six layers of analysis fall in order.

At the first layer the author grants that the two alike have the eight entities for their entity, but points out that “it is in dependence on firewood that fire is able to arise” — as curds and vinegar arise in dependence on milk and wine, from which it is clear that the fire is after the firewood, and their times being separate, the fire just is different from the firewood. The second layer presses on from this: then your pudgala, if it really is like fire in dependence on firewood, must be said to arise in dependence on the aggregates, to be different in entity from the aggregates, and to become impermanent and not abiding — the very three sentences the Vātsīputrīyas are straining to avoid. At the third layer, if the Vātsīputrīyas change their wording to “on blazing wood the warm touch is called fire and the rest is called firewood,” then firewood and fire arise simultaneously and, their marks being different, are of different entities, and thereupon the word “dependence” falls empty again — for the fire does not take the firewood for its cause, each arising simultaneously from its own cause. At the fourth layer, if “dependence” be said to mean co-arising or resting upon, then that is to admit that the pudgala co-arises with the aggregates or rests upon them, and difference of entity is thereby plainly admitted; moreover, where there is no firewood there is no fire, so where there are no aggregates there should be no self, and this he does not allow. At the fifth layer, the objection he set up for himself, “firewood ought not to be hot,” is turned back upon him — if “hot” just is the warm touch, then the firewood indeed is not hot, its entity and mark being different; if “hot” means being conjoined with warmth, then what is of a different entity also gets to be called hot, and the firewood too may be called hot — neither side amounts to an objection. At the sixth layer, if it be said that when the wood is ablaze throughout, both names, firewood and fire, apply to it, then the pudgala and the aggregates are definitely the same, and there is no longer any principle by which this can be blocked.

A place easily misread: reading these six layers as six parallel rebuttals. They are not parallel; they are a staircase forcing a surrender — each layer first accepts the explanation the opponent has just given and then points out where that explanation carries itself. Where this lands: in taking a simile apart, do not deny that it is alike; ask “in exactly what respect is it alike,” and then see where that respect leads when it is pressed.

VI. The Dispute over Being Cognized by the Six Consciousnesses: Can What Is Inexpressible Be Cognized

〔Checklist 4〕How the author uses “consciousness” to press on “the inexpressible.” The Vātsīputrīyas say that the pudgala is cognized by the six consciousnesses — when eye consciousness cognizes form one thereby knows that it is, yet it cannot be said to be the same as or different from form; and so on down to mind consciousness cognizing dharmas. From this the author brings down seven objections in a row.

The first objection is the most important: if so, it becomes just like milk and curds — when eye consciousness cognizes form one thereby knows that there is milk, and when body consciousness feels touch one thereby knows that there is milk, and it likewise cannot be said whether milk is the same as or different from form and touch; on this showing, milk and curds turn out to be “conventional designations,” so on what ground is the pudgala not one? The second objection takes apart the four words “one thereby knows that it is”: is form the cause of knowing it? Or is it, when form is cognized, cognized along with form? On the former, form too does not differ from the eye and the rest (since form too has the eye, light, and attention for its causes); on the latter, one must ask whether form is what cognizes or whether there is a further cognizer — if form is what cognizes, its entity just is form; if there is a further cognizer, then this differs from form as yellow differs from blue. Third objection: to defend by saying “the two cognizers likewise cannot be said to be the same or different” is to make the cognizer not included among the conditioned, which wrecks one’s own tenet. Fourth objection, citing a sūtra: form and so on up to consciousness are all without self. Fifth objection, pressing by way of the object condition: if eye consciousness arises with form for its object, then this is not a condition of eye consciousness, as the sense field of sound is not; if it arises with this for its object, that contradicts the sūtra that “consciousness arises from two conditions,” and moreover it ought to become impermanent (whatever causes and conditions can produce consciousness are impermanent). Sixth objection: to fall back and say that it is not an object is to make it not cognized and not known, and then “existence” cannot be established for it. Seventh objection: being cognized by the six consciousnesses, then since it is cognized by eye consciousness it ought to differ from sound and the rest as form does, and since it is cognized by ear consciousness it ought to differ from form and the rest as sound does.

A place easily misread: taking the author to be splitting hairs. In fact these seven objections are seven exits from one and the same principle — whatever enters into a cognitive relation must fall under some adjudicable class; the Vātsīputrīyas want it both to get in (to be cognized) and to be unadjudicable (inexpressible), which is to want it inside the door and outside it at once. Where this lands: on reading any argument of the form “it both is… and cannot be said to be…,” first ask, “can it get through the door of cognition or not?”

VII. The Proof from the Sūtras: The Author Brings Out the Buddha’s Sūtras One by One

〔Checklist 5 · first part〕Why the passage of scriptural proof comes after the refutation. All that precedes is attestation by reasoning; this passage turns to attestation by scripture, one sūtra after another: the sūtra that the courses of the five faculties are each separate (the five faculties each make use of their own object-field, and the mind makes use of the courses of the five faculties besides) · the reconciling of the sūtra of the simile of the six creatures (the sūtra does not speak with regard to the six faculties, the eye and the rest, but with regard to the mind consciousness drawn forth by the dominance of the five faculties) · the sūtra of the dharma-gate of all that is penetrated and known (the whole of what can be known is only the twelve sense fields together with contact and feeling, and within it there is no pudgala) · the Sūtra on the Person (with the eye and form as conditions eye consciousness arises, and with the contact of the three coming together there arise feeling, perception, and volition, and by just this much is the name “person” spoken) · the sūtra of the twelve sense fields (I say that all that exists is only the twelve sense fields) · the sūtra recited by that school itself (the Tathāgata designates everything just so far) · the Sūtra to Bimbisāra (herein there is no selfhood and no what-belongs-to-self).

What has to be taught clearly is the common structure of this string of scriptural proofs: each of them does one and the same thing — it exhausts “all” by enumeration and then points out that within the enumeration there is no place for a pudgala. The Sūtra on the Person is especially crucial, because it not only enumerates but also accounts for the provenance of the name “person”: by just so much as the eye, form, consciousness, contact, feeling, perception, and volition, one is spoken of by the name “person”; and following the differences of sense one conventionally establishes the several names, sentient being, youth, nourisher, life-principle, one who is born, pudgala, all of which “are only a name and an ideation, only a self-designation, existent merely as conventionally designated in accordance with worldly usage.” And since the World-Honored One himself admonished us to rely on sūtras of definitive meaning, this sūtra is precisely of definitive meaning.

A place easily misread: taking the scriptural proof to be making up what the reasoning lacks. It is not so — what the reasoning refutes is “a self can be established”; what the scripture proves is “the Buddha never said any such thing”, and the two answer different questions. Where this lands: a name that comes readily to the tongue does not mean there is a thing behind it; what the Sūtra on the Person teaches is precisely the difference between “name and ideation” and a real thing.

VIII. The Scriptural Proof Continued: The Stanza of Śailā, the Stanza to Batuoli, and the Vātsīputrīyas’ Last Move

〔Checklist 5 · second part〕Two stanzas and the charge of “no valid means.” At the end of the citations two blocks of stanza are attached. The stanza in which the bhikṣuṇī Śailā answers Māra sets “taking the several parts and by conventional supposition establishing them as a chariot” alongside “conventionally the world establishes a sentient being, which should be known as taking the aggregates” — a chariot is not something over and above wheel and axle, and a sentient being is not something over and above the aggregates; this is the plainest simile in the whole chapter. The stanza to Batuoli begins from defilement and purity: in dependence on mind one is defiled, in dependence on mind one is purified, and “I have in truth no selfhood; it is grasped as existent only by inversion,” and at the end even one who can cultivate the contemplation of emptiness is not to be found — the contemplation of emptiness leaves no contemplator behind, and this sentence presses the refutation of the self to its limit.

The treatise then lists the five faults of grasping a self (giving rise to the view of a self and the view of a sentient being and falling into the courses of evil view · walking off the road with the non-Buddhists · not awakening into the mind of emptiness · being unable to have pure confidence and unable to abide firmly · not obtaining liberation), and here the Vātsīputrīyas play their last card — “these are all no valid means. Why so? Because in my school they have never been recited.” Fabao’s Commentary marks here expressly “the Vātsīputrīyas altogether deny that the sūtras cited above are the valid word of the noble ones.” The author’s counterstroke is very heavy: the valid means you allow — is the school the measure, or is the Buddha’s word the measure? If the school is the measure, then “the Buddha is not your master and you are not a son of Śākya”; if the Buddha’s word is the measure, then these all are the Buddha’s word. Moreover these passages are recited by all the schools, contradict neither the nature of dharmas nor the other sūtras, and yet he dares to raise a slander against them — “this is merely to indulge violence and madness, and so it is utterly unreasonable.”

A place easily misread: reading this passage as a quarrel of temper. It in fact establishes a criterion: a passage of scripture recited in common by the several schools, contradicting neither the nature of dharmas nor the other sūtras, may not be dismissed as not the Buddha’s word on the ground that “my school does not recite it.” Where this lands: whenever someone excludes evidence on the ground that “this school of mine does not accept it,” first ask the one question, “is the standard you accept a school, or the Buddha’s word?”

IX. The Objection from Omniscience: The Continuum Has the Capacity; It Is Not Knowing All in a Single Thought

〔Checklist 7 · first part〕The Vātsīputrīyas turn from defense to attack. The Vātsīputrīyas turn out of the preceding passage an objection: if there is no self, the World-Honored One ought not to be omniscient — for mind and mental factors arise and cease moment by moment, and none of them can know all dharmas; to know all thoroughly there must be a permanent self. Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary marks here expressly “from here the second, citing proof. The Vātsīputrīyas ask,” from which it is clear that this is where the Vātsīputrīyas take the initiative.

The author’s answer is the most important turn in the whole chapter: omniscience is not “knowing everything in a single thought” but “the continuum having the capacity” — that stretch of the continuum of the aggregates which gets the name of Buddha has accomplished a surpassing capacity such that, as soon as attention is directed, an unmistaken cognition arises with regard to the object one wishes to know, and it is therefore called omniscience, “not that in a single thought one can know all at once.” A stanza is then cited in proof — “because the continuum has the capacity, as fire devours everything, so is omniscience, and not by knowing all at once.” Fire does not swallow a whole forest in one gulp; it burns portion by portion, and wherever it burns, there all is consumed; the pervasiveness of omniscience is pervasiveness of that kind.

A further proof: it is said that there are Buddhas of the three times (Buddhas past, Buddhas future, and Buddhas present all extinguish the sorrows of beings), and the Vātsīputrīyas themselves allow the three times only to the aggregates and not to the one who repeatedly takes up a destiny — then what has the three times is the continuum of the aggregates, and thorough knowing likewise hangs upon the continuum. This is to use the opponent’s own concession to force the opponent’s conclusion.

A place easily misread: taking “not knowing all at once” as a diminishing of the Buddha’s excellence. Quite the contrary — it rewrites “omniscience” from a static capacity into a capacity that is unmistaken as attention is directed. Where this lands: whenever an attribute of “the limitless” is met with, first ask whether it is “possessing everything simultaneously” or “being unobstructed with regard to everything”; the difference between the two is very great.

X. The Sūtra of the Burden and the Objections That Follow: The String of Challenges Opening Fascicle Thirty

〔Checklist 7 · second part〕Four objections come one after another. The head of Fascicle Thirty is not a transition; it is a question in mid-dispute — “if only the five aggregates of appropriation are called the pudgala, why did the World-Honored One speak thus: I shall now expound for you the burdens, the taking up and laying down of the burden, and the bearer of the burden?” Since he speaks both of the burden and of a bearer, the bearer is evidently not the burden itself. The author’s answer is to put all three back inside the aggregates: the sūtra itself says that craving is named the taker-up of the burden, and craving being included in the aggregates, so is the bearer; the five aggregates of appropriation, oppressing one another by their own mark, get the name of burden, and since each preceding moment draws on each succeeding one, they are called the bearer. And lest anyone mistake this for something permanent and really existent, the Buddha himself explains afterwards in the sūtra that “merely in accordance with worldly usage is this long-lived one said to have such a name.”

The second objection: one who denies apparitionally born sentient beings is included under wrong view, from which it is evident that there is a pudgala. Answer: who says that there are no apparitionally born sentient beings? When a continuum of aggregates can go on to a later existence not by way of womb, egg, or moisture, that is one; and the aggregates of apparitional birth in principle really exist. And a counter-question is pressed further: you say this wrong view slanders a pudgala — then is it abandoned through seeing or abandoned through cultivation? The pudgala is not included among the truths, and wrong view is not abandoned through cultivation — neither end will house it. The third objection: the sūtra says “one pudgala is born into the world.” Answer: this is a conventional speaking of “one” within a totality, as the world speaks of one sesame seed or one grain of rice; and “born” is not a new arising as of the aggregates but is said with regard to taking up other aggregates at this time, as the world says “a master of the exegetical treatises is born” or “an old man is born,” both of which speak with regard to what has been taken up; moreover the Sūtra on Ultimate Emptiness has already blocked it — “there is action and there is maturation, but an agent is not to be found” — and the Sūtra to Phalguna likewise says, “I never say that there is one who appropriates.” The fourth objection takes derived form’s being the great elements as its parallel. Answer: that is a fault of that school’s own; and if one really allowed that derived form is the great elements, one would have to allow that the pudgala is established as just the five aggregates.

A place easily misread: taking these four objections as each independent. In fact they are four performances of one and the same maneuver — picking a noun out of a sentence of the Buddha’s and saying “where there is a name there must be a thing”; and the author’s four answers are likewise one and the same: what the name rests on is a continuum, not a separate entity.

XI. Nāgasena and King Pilinda: Not Declaring Does Not Mean an Answer Is Being Withheld

〔Checklist 6 · first part〕A story that teaches one thing. The Vātsīputrīyas ask: if the pudgala just is the aggregates, why did the World-Honored One not declare that “the life-principle is the body”? The author answers: because he observed the āśaya (the underlying inclination) of the questioner — what the questioner grasps is a life-principle that is “a person acting within whose entity is real and not empty,” and no such thing exists at all, so that neither sameness nor difference can be established, just as the hardness or softness of a tortoise’s hair cannot be declared. Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary marks here expressly “from here the third, the section on setting aside an answer for the benefit of beings, objection first and answer after.”

The treatise then brings out an old case. The Venerable Nāgasena possessed the three knowledges, the six supernormal knowledges, and the eight liberations; King Pilinda came to ask him, requiring first that “the Venerable answer straight.” The king asked whether the life-principle and the body are the same or different, and the Venerable answered, “this should not be declared.” The king reproached him for breaking the agreement, and the Venerable questioned the king in return: as to the mango tree in the palace, is the taste of the fruit it bears sour or sweet? The king said that there is no such tree in the palace at all. The Venerable reproached him again: was there not an agreement beforehand? The king said that since there is no such tree, how could the fruit’s taste be answered as sweet or sour. Whereupon the Venerable instructed him — the life-principle likewise does not exist, so how can it be said to be the same as or different from the body.

What has to be taught clearly is the mechanism of this story: the question itself presupposes a subject that does not exist, and any answer whatever amounts to conceding that subject. Hence not answering is not evasion; it is a refusal to endorse. Among the three commentaries only Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary expressly gives Nāgasena’s name and retells this exchange; Puguang’s Record and Fabao’s Commentary neither of them single out the personal names. Where this lands: when pressed with “you have only to answer yes or no,” first see whether its subject can stand.

XII. Why the Buddha Does Not Simply Say That There Is No Life-Principle at All: Setting Aside an Answer as a Benefit to Beings

〔Checklist 6 · second part〕The reason for not saying “there is none” is not the same as the reason for not saying “there is one.” The Vātsīputrīyas ask again: why does the Buddha not say that there is no life-principle at all? The answer is again that he observes the questioner’s āśaya — this one may be calling the continuum of the aggregates a life-principle, and were he answered “there is none at all,” he would fall into wrong view; he has not been able to penetrate the principle of dependent origination, is no vessel for the true dharma, and so conventional existence is not expounded for him. There is a very fine nicety of measure here: “there is no self” and “not even a conventional self” are two different sentences, and where the hearers differ, the teaching differs.

The treatise at once adduces the question of the non-Buddhist Vatsa in proof: he asked “am I existent or nonexistent in the world,” and the Buddha declared neither — for to declare him existent would contradict the true principle of dharma (all dharmas are without self), while to declare him nonexistent would increase that man’s bewilderment (he would suppose “I formerly was and now am not”). And “compared with the folly of grasping existence, this folly is graver” — the view of annihilation is harder to rescue than the view of permanence. Two blocks of stanza then close the passage. The first takes a tigress carrying her cub for its simile: to grasp a true self as existent is to be wounded by the teeth of view, and to deny the conventional self as nonexistent is to destroy the cub that is wholesome action — grip too tight and it is wounded, hold too loose and it falls; and the Buddha’s speaking of the true dharma keeps just this measure. Puguang’s Record and Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary both expressly attribute this stanza to Kumāralāta of the Sautrāntikas, so that it is not composed by the author. The second is a stanza composed by the author, restating that measure sentence by sentence: because a real life-principle does not exist he does not speak of sameness or difference; fearing that the conventional self be denied he does not say that there is none at all; within the continuum of the aggregates there are action, fruit, and a life-principle, and to say there is none would deny this along with it; that he does not say there is a merely nominal life-principle within the aggregates is because he observes that the questioner has not the strength to understand true emptiness.

A place easily misread: reading “setting aside an answer” as the Buddha’s not knowing either. The treatise says plainly that setting aside an answer is a benefit to beings — it turns on whether this person can receive it at this moment, not on the keeping of a secret.

XIII. Why the World Being Permanent and the Rest Are Not Declared: All Four Declarations Are Unreasonable

〔Checklist 8〕How the first set of the fourteen undeclared matters is analyzed. The author sets himself the question: on what ground are the world being permanent and the rest not declared? Answer: here too he observes the questioner’s āśaya. The analysis divides into two roads: if the questioner grasps “the self” as the world — the entity of the self does not exist at all, and so all four declarations are unreasonable, there being no subject to declare anything of; if he takes “birth and death” together to be called the world — the four declarations are likewise all unreasonable, and are analyzed sentence by sentence: to declare it permanent is to have no attaining of nirvāṇa; to declare it impermanent is to have annihilation come of itself, so that all attain nirvāṇa without effort; to declare it both permanent and impermanent is to have one portion definitely never attain nirvāṇa and another portion realize quiescence of itself; to declare it neither permanent nor impermanent yields “neither attaining nirvāṇa nor not attaining it,” a determinate contradiction, and so an idle proliferation. And since by the noble path one really can attain parinirvāṇa, all four determinate declarations are unreasonable. The Nirgrantha’s question about the death and rebirth of a sparrow is also adduced, where the Buddha knew his mind and made no determinate declaration.

Why are the four propositions about having a limit and the rest likewise not declared? Because they carry the same faults as the propositions about permanence and the rest. How is their sense known to be the same? Because the non-Buddhist Uttika first asked the four about having a limit and the rest, and then asked crookedly whether “the world is delivered wholly by the noble path, or only a portion of it,” whereupon Ānanda told him outright, “you have already asked the World-Honored One about this matter; on what ground do you now change the name and ask again” — to change the manner of asking and ask about the same matter is just the attestation of sameness of sense. The four propositions about the Tathāgata existing after death and the rest are likewise not declared, because the questioner asks by falsely reckoning a self already liberated and calling it the Tathāgata.

The author presses the grasper of a self still further: since the Buddha declares that there is a present pudgala, why does he not declare that the Tathāgata too exists after death? The answer given is: for fear of the fault of falling into permanence — then when the Buddha declares that Maitreya will become a Buddha in the future, and declares that a disciple has been born in such and such a place, is there not likewise a fault of falling into permanence? And if it be said that the Buddha sees and does not declare, there is the fault of a permanent self apart from the aggregates; and if it be said that both his seeing and his not seeing are inexpressible, then even “the Buddha is omniscient or is not omniscient” becomes inexpressible.

First, the proof from “because it is true, because it abides” can be cited on either side. If it be maintained that a pudgala really exists on the ground that the sūtra says “because it is true, because it abides,” and that one who determinately grasps at no-self falls into the place of evil views — the author answers that this constitutes no proof: the same sūtra also says that one who determinately grasps at a self falls into the place of evil views, and a passage of scripture that stands equally well on both sides cannot be taken on one side only as proof. The author at once cites the masters of the Abhidharma treatises: “to grasp the self as existent and as nonexistent are both included under extreme view, falling in order into the extreme of permanence and the extreme of annihilation,” and comments that “what those masters say is deeply reasonable” — for to grasp a self as existent is to fall into the extreme of permanence, and to grasp at no-self is to fall into the extreme of annihilation, as the Sūtra to Vatsa above said plainly. What the sūtra blocks is evidently determinate grasping at either end, not a proof for one of them.

Second, who transmigrates — the simile of a fire over a plain. The objection: if there is definitely no pudgala, who transmigrates through birth and death? Birth and death surely cannot transmigrate of themselves. The author first points out that establishing transmigration by “laying down the former aggregates and taking up the later” is a sense already challenged and dismissed above. The proper answer is a simile: “as a fire over a plain, though ceasing moment by moment, is said by reason of its continuum to have transmigration” — a fire over a plain arises and ceases thought by thought, and no unchanging grain of fire travels from here to there, and yet everyone says that the fire is spreading, and what this rests on is precisely the continuum. A heap of aggregates is conventionally called a sentient being, and with craving and appropriation as conditions it transmigrates through birth and death, on just this principle. Where the Buddha himself says in a sūtra “I who am now was in the past a guide of the world named Sublime Eye,” to read this as “the former I just is the present I” would make the entity permanent; the author adjudges that what this saying displays is that “the former and the present are one continuum,” just as the world says “this fire once burned that thing.”

Third, if there definitely is a true self, where is the fault — and the gathering up of three classes of view. If there definitely is a real self, then this self ought to be clearly contemplated by the Buddha alone; and being clearly contemplated, a firm grasping of self ought to arise, from that grasping a grasping of what belongs to self, and from these a craving for self and for what belongs to self. Hence the Buddha says: to grasp a self is to grasp what belongs to self, and within the aggregates there arise the craving for self and for what belongs to self and the view of a real person, and “one bound by craving for self thereby slanders the Buddha and is far from liberation.” If it be pleaded that with regard to the self no craving for self arises, the author adjudges this a saying without sense — it is where what is not the self is perversely reckoned as the self that craving for self can arise; that with regard to a real self it should on the contrary not arise is a saying for which there is no principle to serve as proof. Hence one who grasps a true self “has within the Buddha’s true and noble teaching no cause or condition for raising the boil of view,” having blocked for himself even the causes and conditions of raising right view. At the end the passage gathers what is refuted into three classes: one class grasps an inexpressible pudgala, one class denies altogether that any dharma has an entity, and the non-Buddhists grasp a further real selfhood — “all these views are unreasonable, and none of them can escape the fault of having no liberation.” The three classes occupy the two ends and the middle: to deny altogether is annihilation, to grasp a true self is permanence, and the inexpressible touches neither and yet is still a grasping, and so it too is without liberation.

A place easily misread: taking the fourteen undeclared matters as the Buddha’s modesty. What the treatise shows is the exact opposite — the four declarations are not declared because each of the four, when worked out, yields an absurdity; not declaring is the outcome of an analysis, not an attitude. Another place easily misread is to read “refuting the self” as “denying everything.” Among the three classes of view with which this passage closes, denying altogether that any dharma has an entity is itself one of the classes refuted — what no-self dismisses is a permanent sovereign, not the continuum and the fruit of action themselves.

XIV. Recollection and Recognition: With No Self, Who Is It That Remembers

〔Checklist 9〕The first appearance of the chapter’s positive doctrine. All that precedes is refutation; this section begins the positive exposition. The objection: if the entity of the self does not exist at all, on what ground can a mind that ceases moment by moment remember a long-past and similar object? Answer: recollective knowing “arises from a difference of mind within the continuum, of the class of the object and the perception of it” — there must be attention that takes that object as its object, together with the conditions of similarity, relatedness, perception, and the rest, and there must also be a difference of mind of that class for its cause, and only when the two are complete can recollection be cultivated into arising, neither being dispensable.

The second objection is sharper: what one mind saw, a later and different mind can remember? Surely what God-given’s mind saw is not what Sacrifice-given’s mind can remember. The answer is that this objection is not to the point — those two minds are not related to one another, unlike a single continuum which has causality; we do not say that one mind sees and a different mind remembers, because the continuum is one. And so “from the past mind that took that object as its object there is drawn forth the present consciousness that remembers,” recollection arising by the force of the continuum’s transforming and differentiating.

The third objection asks “whose recollection” — with no self, on what ground is the sixth case-ending (the genitive) said? Answer: the sixth case-ending is said with regard to the sense of belonging to an owner, as an ox belongs to Caitra, and what is meant by an owner is “one who attains mastery over riding, milking, employing, and the like.” The author here presses back with a reversal: where do you propose to employ this recollection? Answer: upon the object recollected. To what end employ it? Answer: to make recollection arise. Then — recollection has not yet arisen, so with what will you employ it? And since it can only be to make recollection arise, the cause is what is called the owner and the result is what is called the belonging, so that “the cause producing recollection suffices to be the owner of recollection; what need to set up a self as the owner of recollection?” Moreover, in what the world calls the owner of an ox, there is within it neither a real Caitra nor a real ox, but only a conventional designation. As it is with recollection, so it is with recognition.

A place easily misread: supposing that “with no self there is no memory.” The treatise’s answer is not to cancel memory but to replace the guarantor of memory, from a permanent self to a stretch of continuum possessed of causality. Where this lands: whenever it seems that some matter cannot do without a subject, first ask the one question, “what this matter really requires — is it ‘one and the same thing,’ or ‘one and the same continuum’?”

XV. Refuting the Sāṃkhya Masters: Activity and Agent, the Cognizing and the Cognizer

〔Checklist 10〕The refutation of the non-Buddhists begins here. The Sāṃkhya tenet in one sentence — “there definitely is a self, since an activity must await one who is active,” as God-given’s walking must await God-given, and as the activity of consciousness and the rest must await a cognizer on which it depends. Puguang’s Record marks here expressly “the text’s second, refuting the Sāṃkhya masters,” his outline still keeping the threefold pattern of stating the tenet · properly refuting · resolving objections.

The author’s refutation begins from one challenge: what is this God-given of yours? If a real self, it has been refuted above; if a conventional person, then its entity is not one thing but only a name conventionally established upon a continuum of formations — in which case “as God-given can walk, so consciousness can cognize,” both sides alike becoming conventional, and your simile helping me instead. The author then explains why the world says “God-given can walk”: upon formations arising and ceasing moment by moment, and not apart from the continuum, the name God-given is established, which the foolish grasp as one entity and treat as the cause of their own continuum’s arising in another place; arising in another place is called walking, and the cause is called the walker — as with flame and sound, which continue in another place, the world too says that a flame can travel and a sound can travel.

A further step of the questioning: what does consciousness do to its object? Answer: “it does nothing at all, but arises merely by way of the object” — as a result requites its cause and, though it does nothing, arises resembling the cause and so is called requiting the cause, so consciousness, though it does nothing in arising, resembles the object and so is called cognizing the object. And what “resembles the object” means is that it bears the aspect of the object; consciousness arises in dependence on a faculty as well, and yet is not called cognizing the faculty, precisely because what it bears is the aspect of the object. Or again, to say that consciousness cognizes with regard to a former consciousness drawing forth a later is likewise faultless, for the world speaks of an agent with regard to a cause — as when it says that a bell or a drum can sound, or that a lamp can travel; within a continuum of flame the name of lamp is conventionally established, and when the lamp arises in continuum in another place it is said that the lamp travels, and there is no separate traveler.

A place easily misread: supposing that “consciousness cognizes its object” means that consciousness does something to the object. The treatise says plainly: it does nothing at all, but merely arises bearing the aspect of the object. Where this lands: the subject in language is not a really existent agent — “the lamp travels,” “the bell sounds,” “consciousness cognizes” are all cases of speaking of an agent with regard to a cause.

XVI. Refuting the Vaiśeṣika Masters: Where the Conjunction of Self and Mind Fails

〔Checklist 11〕The third party’s grasping and its defenses layer by layer. The Vaiśeṣika tenet — “a certain class of non-Buddhists grasps thus: that all minds, when they arise, arise from the self.” Puguang’s Record marks “the text’s third, refuting the Vaiśeṣika masters.” The author first presses with the two preceding objections: if all minds arise from the self, on what ground is a later consciousness not always like the former, and not arising in a determinate order like sprout, stalk, and leaf — the self being permanent and one, why should its result have differences?

They defend with “it awaits a difference in the conjunction with mind.” The author takes this apart layer by layer: first, that the self is conjoined with anything else is not commonly allowed, and the conjunction of two things has bounds — they explain the mark of conjunction themselves as “not having arrived beforehand and arriving afterwards is called conjunction,” so that the conjunction of self and mind should likewise have bounds, and if the mind shifts the self should shift, or should perish together with the mind; second, if a partial conjunction be alleged, the entity of the self has no parts and there are no separate parts to be conjoined; third, granting a conjunction, since the entity of the self is permanent and the mind has no differences, whence should the conjunction have differences? Fourth, if it awaits a further cognition, then it must be asked on what ground that cognition has differences; fifth, if the conjunction of self and mind awaits a difference of formations, then “merely by mind’s awaiting a difference of formations different consciousnesses can arise — what use then is the self” — the self being of no use at all in the arising of consciousness, and yet all consciousnesses being said to arise from it, the author mocks it with a simile: as when the business of the medicine is already done and can remove a chronic disease, and yet the physician is deceived with the false claim that it was the merit of reciting a spell.

They defend again with “these two have the self for their support.” The author asks: in the sense of what supporting what? If mind and formations are like a picture or a fruit and the self is like a wall or a vessel, then there are the faults of mutual obstruction and of separate abiding. They accordingly change the simile: “this is only like the earth, which can be the support of scent and the other three things” — whereupon the author speaks the most unhurried sentence in the whole chapter: “what he says in this way establishes no-self, and so I here am deeply gladdened and consoled.” For earth is precisely what cannot be found apart from scent and the rest: who can cognize an earth apart from scent and the rest? It is only upon the differences of an aggregation of scent and the rest that the world conventionally establishes the name of earth; and the self is likewise, being only a name conventionally established upon the differences of mind and the other aggregates. They finally adduce as proof “because there are the quality-categories of recollection and the rest, and a quality must rest upon a substance-category,” and the author answers that this is not commonly allowed — whatever is granted a separate entity is called a substance, since the sūtra speaks of six real things and calls them the fruits of the ascetic life; and the sense of “resting upon” has been blocked above, so that what is set up is nothing but empty words.

A place easily misread: taking the author to be mocking his opponent. What he is really doing is to take over the opponent’s best simile and let it walk of itself over to the side of no-self — this is the handsomest stroke in all the chapter’s refutations of the non-Buddhists.

XVII. The Continuum, Transformation, and Differentiation of Action and Its Fruit: The Gathering Up of the Treatise’s Positive Doctrine of No-Self

〔Checklist 12〕The last question, and the most concrete. The objection: if there really is no self, then action having perished, how can it further produce a future fruit? The author first returns the same words — granting a real self, action having perished, how then can it produce a future fruit? From which it is evident that this question has nothing to do with whether there is a self or not; it is one that anyone whatever must answer. They answer that dharma and non-dharma arise in dependence on the self, and the author dismisses this by the sense of “dependence” already refuted.

The proper answer is this: the fruit is not produced from an action already perished but “from the continuum, transformation, and differentiation of action, as a fruit is produced from a seed.” The world says that a fruit is produced from a seed, and yet the fruit does not arise from a perished seed, nor does it arise immediately upon the seed, but from the seed’s continuum, transformation, and differentiation — the seed produces in succession sprout, stalk, leaf, and the rest, and the flower is the last and draws forth the arising of the fruit; so that what is called “a fruit produced from a seed” is by the seed’s drawing forth successively the capacity for producing fruit in the flower. The three names the treatise defines for itself: that action comes first and form and mind arise thereafter with no interval between is called the continuum; that in this continuum each succeeding moment arises differently from each preceding one is called transformation; that this transformation at the last time has a surpassing capacity that produces its fruit with nothing intervening, surpassing the other transformations, is called differentiation.

Two supplementary explanations follow. First, the order of taking up a fruit at the end of life — when the appropriating consciousness is at the very point of death, though it bears the perfuming of many actions for a later existence, what is “heavy, near, arisen, and repeatedly practiced among what was done before” is clear and the rest are not, and hence the stanza that says “action that is gravest, nearest, arisen, repeatedly practiced, done before — the earlier matures earlier and the later later, and so one turns about in birth and death.” Second, maturation does not produce maturation — the capacity drawn forth by a maturation cause perishes as soon as the fruit is had; asked on what ground a maturation fruit cannot call forth a maturation while a fruit from a seed does have a further fruit arising, the answer is that the simile is not on all fours to begin with, and that a fruit from a seed likewise has no further fruit arising, the later fruit arising rather from a later difference of ripening and change (the fruit of the former seed, meeting the conditions of water, soil, and the rest for ripening and change, draws forth a difference of ripening and change); and so it is here — the former maturation, meeting the conditions of hearing the true or the false and the rest, draws forth a wholesome or unwholesome mind possessed of maturation, from which is drawn forth a continuum that transforms, drawing forth successively a difference of transformation, from which difference the later maturation arises. It is likened further to a citron flower smeared with lac juice, whose fruit afterwards has red pulp and produces no further color. It closes with “only the Buddha realizes and knows it; it is not the object-field of any other,” attaching the stanza “this action, this perfuming, the giving of fruit at this time, the determinate principle of all these kinds — apart from the Buddha none can know it.”

A place easily misread: taking “continuum, transformation, and differentiation” for a recondite term. It is in fact only the common sense of a seed producing a fruit broken into three sentences — it joins up (continuum) · before and after differ (transformation) · at a certain moment it has a special force (differentiation). Where this lands: action and its fruit await no permanent bearer; they await only that these three hold.

XVIII. Exhorting to Study and Handing the Work On: The Last Three Stanzas of the Whole Treatise

〔Checklist 13〕How the author brings a book of thirty fascicles to an end. The last three stanzas are of seven characters to the line; the form changes and the tone changes with it — all that precedes is challenge and refutation, and here all is exhortation and entreaty. Fabao’s Commentary marks here “below, three stanzas, the second of the main text, exhorting to study and handing on within this chapter,” and adjudges that the three stanzas each exhort to something: the first exhorts to the study of the discernment born of hearing, the second to the discernment born of reflection, the third to the discernment born of cultivation.

The first stanza sets up what is to be relied on — “this pure road of causes has been well spoken, namely the Buddha’s ultimate word and the true nature of dharmas,” what is well spoken being the road of causes that is purity, whose entity is just the Buddha’s ultimate word and the true nature of dharmas; “the dark and blind graspings of outsiders should be cast off, and those held by evil views should seek the eye of discernment” — those hemmed in by evil views are just the ones who ought to come seeking the eye of discernment. The second stanza displays where it goes — “this is the one broad road to the palace of nirvāṇa, the nature of no-self on which a thousand noble ones travel,” no-self being not a conclusion but a road, and the very road a thousand noble ones travel in common; “where the light of the Buddhas’ sunlike word shines, though eyes of distinction be opened they cannot see,” the sunlight shining everywhere and yet those unwilling to rely on it still unable to see. The third stanza hands the matter to the reader — “within this corner it has been briefly expounded, in order to open for the wise the poison-gate of discernment; may each, as his own strength is able, comprehend all that is knowable and accomplish the surpassing work.”

The three words “poison-gate of discernment” are the eye in which the whole treatise’s brush comes to rest: as poison entering the body spreads from one place through the whole of it, so does discernment, entering by one gate and pervading all dharmas. The author says of himself that what he has spoken is only “a corner,” whose use lies not in exhaustiveness but in opening a gate for the reader — after which the comprehending of all that is knowable and the accomplishing of the surpassing work are each according to his own strength. The last word of the whole treatise is “work,” and this “work” is no longer the work of transmigration but the surpassing work of comprehending all that is knowable. This turn is where the thirty fascicles of the book come to rest.


Further Resonances: The Mirror of the Three Commentaries

The above is the sense of this chapter’s own text. Below, a separate section gathers four matters: this chapter’s position within the whole treatise, the adjudications of the three commentaries and their divergences, the total absence of any dispute within the lineage, and the divergences of Paramārtha’s earlier translation. A mirror is not the treatise; it is only another way of reading one and the same text, recorded together without adjudication, each left in its own place.

1. This Chapter’s Position within the Whole Treatise (Two Readings Recorded Together)

Puguang’s Record has two readings here. The first follows the usual course: this chapter is itself the last of the treatise’s nine chapters and has its own proper sense as main doctrine. The second holds that this chapter belongs wholly to the handing on — that it arises as a question upon the momentum of the exhortation and handing on at the end of the Chapter on Absorption, with the sense of refuting the self remaining to be clarified, so that the question at the chapter’s head, “if one relies on another beyond this, is there no liberation,” is not a fresh beginning but comes down from the lamentation and exhortation of the preceding chapter. Both readings are recorded together, without adjudging which is right.

Fabao’s Commentary puts forward here another standard — “judging by the pattern of the sūtras, a question is not a preface section and cannot be divided into three” — saying expressly that this chapter should not be forced into the pattern of preface section, main doctrine section, and handing-on section. This runs in a different direction from Puguang’s second reading, and each has its own reason; both are recorded without adjudication.

One further matter is recorded to mark this chapter’s singularity. This chapter has no root stanzas, and the separate edition of the root stanzas does not include it, so that Saṅghabhadra’s two treatises do not structurally set up this chapter at all (see below); while Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary, which has always “explained the stanzas only,” here explains the text continuously passage by passage, changing to the form of a passage-by-passage outline plus citation of the treatise’s own sentences followed by prose explanation — the form changes and the coverage does not. The one hard constraint on the stanza count of this chapter (seventeen lines of proper refutation · three lines of handing on) likewise comes from Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary alone. The relative value of the three commentaries for this chapter is here exactly the reverse of what it is elsewhere.

2. The Adjudications of the Three Commentaries and Their Divergences

One commentary wholly absent. Shentai’s Commentary is a fragmentary text and is wholly lacking for this chapter — the terms “chapter on refuting the self,” “refuting the grasped self,” “Vātsīputrīyas,” “pudgala,” “Śailā,” and “Nāgasena” all have zero occurrences in his book. What must further be recorded is this: for other chapters, a lack can still be attested by a stanza count in the general conspectus of his Fascicle One, whereas for this chapter not even the attestation of the conspectus exists, since the conspectus stops at the Chapter on Absorption and this chapter has no root stanzas whose lines could be counted. The lack is marked as it stands, and the text of other chapters is not made to stand in for it.

The three take three different approaches to glossing the chapter name. Puguang’s Record glosses the name with “the entity of the self really does not exist, and beings grasp it perversely, and this chapter refutes the grasping of a self at length,” and sets this chapter within the structure of the whole treatise — a single treatise explains “all dharmas are without self” among the three seals of the dharma, the preceding eight chapters clarifying that dharmas exist and this one chapter refuting the self and clarifying that it does not. Fabao’s Commentary is more compressed in its wording, going straight to this chapter’s refuting the self and clarifying its tenet, but supplies one further sense: among the several schools only the Vātsīputrīyas grasp that there is a real self — pointing out that the Vātsīputrīyas are a school of Buddhism and not non-Buddhists, so that refuting them differs from refuting the Sāṃkhya and the Vaiśeṣika. Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary opens with the summarizing phrase “when the clouds part the moon appears; when grasping is gone emptiness is bright,” glosses the source of the school’s name word by word (in the Buddha’s lifetime there was a non-Buddhist named Vatsa, and this school’s grasping being the same as that non-Buddhist’s, it is labeled accordingly), and alone supplies the phonetic-and-semantic correspondence “Vatsa here means Calf” — of the three commentaries this one alone gives a phonetic-and-semantic note.

All three adjudge a twofold chapter-level outline, and their finer divisions diverge. Puguang’s Record makes the main text twofold (the extended refutation of divergent graspings · exhorting to study and handing on), with the extended refutation divided within into general refutation and several refutations, the several refutations covering three parties, and each of the three refutations using the same pattern of “stating the tenet · properly refuting · resolving objections,” recurring three times. Fabao’s Commentary makes it twofold (properly refuting the self · exhorting to no-self), the proper refutation dividing into three. Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary likewise makes it twofold, and his division hangs upon the stanzas — the seventeen lines of proper refutation divide into six (properly displaying true emptiness, six lines · clarifying the Buddha’s thorough knowing, two lines · setting aside an answer for the benefit of beings, six lines · the mark of the cause being unfathomable, one line · the priority and posteriority of the fruit’s arising, one line · the difficulty of knowing the retribution of action, one line), and the handing on, three lines. All three stop at a twofold division, and not one of them sets up a third-level main outline within the chapter, which is precisely why this chapter should not be further divided into units.

The difference of density in the labeling of speakers is the most conspicuous. Puguang’s Record marks “the Vātsīputrīyas ask” and “first stating the tenet of the Vātsīputrīyas”; Fabao’s Commentary marks “the Vātsīputrīyas cite a sūtra to object” and “altogether denying the sūtras cited above”; Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary marks sentence by sentence “the Vātsīputrīyas ask,” “the Vātsīputrīyas object,” “again the Vātsīputrīyas ask,” and is the only one of the three to mark question and answer sentence by sentence. ⇒ The attribution of speakers in this unit’s vernacular layer and exposition layer takes just these markings of the three commentaries as its standard. One honest record: Puguang’s Record marks the question “what is the difference of the marks of real existence and conventional existence” as “the Vātsīputrīyas ask,” whereas by the flow of the prose it can be read as the author challenging the Vātsīputrīyas, the two readings running in opposite directions, and both are recorded without forcing a change; again, for the author’s refutation after the simile of fire in dependence on firewood, and for the questioner in the passage on the four declarations about permanence and the rest, no express marking is found in any of the three commentaries, and “no marking” is recorded as it stands, the attribution being made by the tone of the surrounding text without setting up markings on the commentators’ behalf.

The Nāgasena passage: only Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary gives the name. Puguang’s Record and Fabao’s Commentary both have zero occurrences of the two names “Nāgasena” and “Pilinda” in this passage — this is not a failure to explain, but the habit of the two in handling narrative interludes, which is not to single out personal names but to carry the explanation straight on from the surrounding text; “zero occurrence” does not assert “no explanation.” Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary retells the gist of this exchange sentence by sentence, and its teaching value is highest of all in this passage. Each of the three has its own strength; no adjudication of merit is made.

The provenance of the stanza of the tigress carrying her cub: two commentaries adjudge alike. Although the preceding text reads “hence there is a stanza that says,” Puguang’s Record expressly attributes it with “Kumāralāta among the Sautrāntikas has this stanza,” and Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary likewise gives “first, the stanza of Kumāralāta of the Sautrāntika masters; second, the author’s stanza” — hence this stanza is not composed by the author, and it is the block that follows, at “again he spoke a stanza saying,” that is the author’s own composition. The two commentaries adjudge alike word for word, and the reader must not judge from the two words “a stanza” alone that this is the author’s speech.

3. Dispute within the Lineage: A Structural Zero

Saṅghabhadra’s two treatises have no counterpart at all for this chapter, and not in the sense of “the chapter exists but the text is lacking”: the chapter item itself does not exist — the Treatise Conforming to Correct Principle has eight chapters in all and stops at the chapter analyzing absorption; the Treatise Revealing the Doctrine has nine chapters in all and likewise stops at the chapter analyzing absorption. The opening lines of this chapter’s nine blocks of stanza have zero occurrences throughout the two treatises, and the two terms “refuting the grasped self” and “chapter on refuting the self” likewise have zero occurrences (the phrase “refuting the tenet of a self” occurs three times scattered through that treatise, all of them formulaic references to another school’s position, not a chapter name, and they may not be made to stand in).

The reason for this lack and this chapter’s “having no root stanzas” are two faces of one thing. The catalogue of the teachings concludes of the two treatises that “the two treatises above share the stanzas of the Abhidharmakośa and differ in explanation, and both are composed by Saṅghabhadra” — the two treatises take the Kośa’s root stanzas and compose a separate prose commentary upon them; this chapter having no root stanzas, the two treatises had no stanzas to hang an explanation upon. ⇒ The lack is marked as it stands, and the text of other chapters is not made to stand in for it.

One caution about searching is appended. The Treatise Revealing the Doctrine sets up a preface chapter at its head, which the Treatise Conforming to Correct Principle does not, and so its chapter numbers are all shifted one place later, and its “ninth” is the chapter on absorption; in citing its chapter titles the chapter name must be checked first. Again, in the use of the two near-identical graphs for “adjudge” and “discriminate,” the base text and the three commentaries run in opposite directions, and to search the three commentaries with the base text’s graph is bound to yield a false zero; both forms are to be tried in every case.

4. The Divergences of Paramārtha’s Earlier Translation

The chapter names are close but not the same. Xuanzang gives “the chapter refuting the grasped self,” Paramārtha “the chapter refuting the self that is spoken of”; the glossing graphs both convey the sense of refuting the grasping of a self, and the division is entirely the same (a single chapter in both, with no subdivision by fascicle). Both translations likewise take this chapter as the last, and their closing places are the same.

One instance of divergence in the assignment of the chapter boundary. The set of ten stanzas at the end of the Chapter on Absorption (from “the eye of the world, the great teacher, has closed” down to “seek deliverance and be not heedless”) Xuanzang attaches to the end of the Chapter on Absorption, whereas Paramārtha uses them to open the chapter refuting the self that is spoken of. One and the same set of stanzas is attached by one edition to the tail of the preceding chapter and by the other to the head of this one — a matter purely of the assignment of a chapter boundary, with no doctrinal difference. This corpus follows the three commentaries in attaching them to the end of the Chapter on Absorption, and records the divergence without adjudication.

The names of the school and of person and dharma differ systematically. Xuanzang renders “the Vātsīputrīya school” by sense, Paramārtha transcribes it as “Bosifuduoluo school,” and in the later passage citing the Sūtra to Vatsa he gives “Vatsa” again — so that one school’s divergent names are not uniform even within Paramārtha’s own text; this is recorded without adjudication. Yuanhui’s note “Vatsa here means Calf” serves as collateral attestation that the two names refer to the same thing. Xuanzang transcribes “pudgala,” while Paramārtha renders it straightforwardly as “person.” ⇒ To search Paramārtha’s text with Xuanzang’s words is bound to yield a false zero, and matching passage to passage must in every case be done by the structure of the scene.

Two places of complete agreement sentence by sentence. The first is the adjudication of real and conventional existence — Paramārtha gives “if it is separately existent like form and the rest, it is called a really existent thing; if it exists only as an aggregation like milk and the rest, it is called conventionally named existence,” agreeing entirely with Xuanzang’s form-and-sound simile for real existence and milk-and-curd simile for conventional existence, save that Paramārtha’s text sets out two questions side by side while Xuanzang’s has one question and two answers. The second is the simile of fire in dependence on firewood — Paramārtha gives “as fire is spoken of with regard to firewood, so is the person spoken of with regard to the aggregates… if fire differed from firewood, firewood ought not to be hot; if fire did not differ from firewood, what is burned would be just what burns,” the thing likened, the thing it is likened to, and the form of the two horns agreeing with Xuanzang sentence by sentence. Further, in the one stanza on omniscience, Paramārtha gives “because the continuum has the capacity, it is called fire devouring everything; thorough knowing is said to be so too, and not by understanding all at once,” the sense of the stanza agreeing entirely while the system of rendering differs (Xuanzang’s “omniscience” · Paramārtha’s “thorough knowing”).

An honest record. In the passage of Nāgasena and King Pilinda, the scene in Paramārtha’s text agrees entirely (the king asks about the sameness or difference of the life-principle, and the Venerable challenges him in return with the simile that where there is no tree in the palace the taste of the fruit cannot be answered for), save that the rendered names “Nāgasena” and “Pilinda” are not found expressly set out word for word, and the lack is recorded as it stands — the scene is certainly there, and the detail of the names awaits re-verification; not having found it is not the same as its not being in that text. Again, the word-for-word collation of the stanza of Śailā, the stanza of the peacock’s tail, and the last four stanzas has not yet been completed, and this is recorded as it stands as still to be supplied, without filling it in with Xuanzang’s words. No adjudication of merit is made between the two translations.

考據Apparatus

全論八品明「諸法有」,此一品獨明『人無我』。本品是全論唯一無本頌之品——純長行、通篇對辯,自「越此依餘,豈無解脫」一問直入立宗,先以現比二量總遮離蘊我,次別破三家(犢子部·數論師·勝論師),中間穿插火依薪喻、六識所識之難、諸經之會通、筏蹉四記之置答、龍軍與畢隣陀王之問答、孔雀輪喻、種果喻,末以七言三頌勸學流通而全論終。文中九塊偈頌皆非本頌,是論主引教證或自造之頌;三疏於本品之覆蓋亦與他品全異——神泰疏全闕,眾賢二論結構性無此品,而向來只釋頌的頌疏在此改用逐段散文釋,反成本品 witness 之最。


一、科判定位

科判系統此段之位
玄奘 T1558 九品破執我品第九(品題 head〔T29 0152b23〕·正文起〔T29 0152b24〕)——全論唯一之卷中品界(前品定品之末與本品之首同在卷二十九之內)。本子(子1)=整品一單元,界〔0152b24〕–〔0159b14〕,純漢九千二百零三字(卷二十九後段三千四百九十六+卷三十五千七百零七)
本品無本頌T1560《本頌》單行本全無破執我品(其品目末品=分別定品第八)⇒ 本品文中 <lg> 九塊皆非本頌。考據與義疏引本品之偈,一律作〔引頌·非本頌〕/〔論主自造頌·非本頌〕/〔論主自造頌·七言·非本頌〕,不得以「正N」引之
本品偈頌之數(三源閉合)九塊合四百二十四字,分二層——五言十七行(三百四十字·正破)+七言三頌(八十四字·流通)。三源相符:頌疏「初有十七行頌是正破,後有三行是流通」〔T41n1823 0978b29〕·寶疏「自下三頌……勸學流通」〔T41n1822 0812b11〕·機械計(三百四十÷二十=十七·八十四÷二十八=三)
承前之錨品首「越此依餘,豈無解脫?理必無有。所以者何?虛妄我執所迷亂故」〔T29 0152b24〕——非承轉套語,直入立宗。所承者為定品末之傷歎勸學(「是諸煩惱力增時,應求解脫勿放逸」〔T29 0152b22〕);光記於本品之位有二解(序正流通之判),並錄於目六
三家品級大科光記大文二分——一廣破異執·二勸學流通;廣破內一總破·二別破,別破三家〔T41n1821 0439b11〕。寶疏二分——一正破我·二勸學無我〔T41n1822 0812b11〕,正破三段〔T41n1822 0803b22〕,且明言「准諸經例,問非序分不可分三」(本品不作序正流通三分科·照錄)。頌疏二分——正破十七行六分/流通三行〔T41n1823 0978b28〕 ⇒ 三家皆止於二分,無一家於品中另設第三級大科界
carve 之所以為單子三疏大科皆二分,無『三家重合之科界』可用;九千二百零三字落理想帶(居上緣);頌塊完整不切;承轉句之機械徵於本品失效——品域六十八處命中中「又」四十二、「然」二十一,合九成二以上,通篇不用「如是已說/當說/今次應辯」之科界套語,此為本品連續對辯文體之實況
卷界卷第三十卷題〔T29 0155a21〕·品續題「破執我品第九之二」〔T29 0155a25〕·卷三十開卷句〔T29 0155a26〕「若唯五取蘊名補特伽羅,何故世尊作如是說:吾今為汝說諸重擔、取捨重擔、荷重擔者」——非承轉句,而是對辯往復之中途一問(重擔經之難),全論開卷句承轉通則於此不成立,據實記之
收品句「庶各隨己力堪能,遍悟所知成勝業」〔T29 0159b14〕——本品之末,亦即全論之末字

本子之義理次第(十科段·段字數逐段合計九千二百零三·無漏無疊)

#科段起 loc純漢字
總破(現比二量遮離蘊我)0152b24226
別破一·破犢子部(立·徵·火薪喻·六識難·諸經證)0152c09二五九二
②a執我五失·置答益物(筏蹉四記)0154c02678
②b重擔經難(卷三十開卷)0155a26一三〇四
②c何緣不記世間常等0156a26一一四八
②d憶念記知0157a10408
別破二·破數論師0157b07764
別破三·破勝論師0157c26一二八四
④a業果相續轉變差別(種果喻)0158c20715
勸學流通(七言三頌)0159b0984

九塊偈頌之出處對照(逐塊各自繫引·條級總數不斷言

loc塊字標記前文之徵(逐字)出處之判
0154b1840引頌·非本頌「有阿羅漢苾芻尼名世羅,為魔王說」世羅苾芻尼答魔王偈(教證)
0154b2380引頌·非本頌「世尊於《雜阿笈摩》中為婆羅門婆拕梨說」世尊為婆拕梨說偈(教證·引《雜阿笈摩》)
0155a1020引頌·非本頌「非於一念能頓遍知。故於此中有如是頌」火食一切喻(釋一切智非頓遍知·真諦本對應段〔T29n1559 0306b22〕)
0155a1520引頌·非本頌「於何處說?如有頌言」三世諸佛偈(證佛有三世·真諦本同段對應)
0156a1340引頌·非本頌「依如是義,故有頌曰」牝虎銜子頌——光記明繫經部師鳩摩邏多(見目六),雖冠「頌曰」而非論主自造
0156a1880論主自造頌·非本頌「復說頌曰」論主自造(「由實命者無,佛不言一異」)
0157c2320引頌·非本頌「依如是義故,有頌言」孔雀輪喻(因相唯一切智知)
0159a1220引頌·非本頌「而重近起數習所引明了非餘。如有頌言」業極重近起頌
0159b0720引頌·非本頌「唯佛證知非餘境界。依如是義,故有頌言」此業此熏習頌
0159b0984論主自造頌·七言·非本頌承前頌末「離佛無能知」勸學流通三頌(論主自造·三疏同判)

一塊之內兼含五言與七言二體者唯末塊——〔0159b07〕五言一頌與〔0159b09〕七言三頌,大正本作一 <lg> 而跨「正破/流通」二大科,本帙依頌次案乙分標二記。引經之頌與經部師之頌,其條級分計之總數本目不斷言,逐塊依上表各自繫引。

長行專段(各逾七百純漢·問答與異說最密處·機械計):〔檔首–0154b18〕二千八百二十二字(『如何』九見·『云何』二見·『若爾』三見)·〔繫0155a15頌後〕一千二百一十五字(『如何』二見·『豈不』一見)·〔繫0156a18頌後〕二千二百七十六字(『如何』六見·『若爾』二見)·〔繫0157c23頌後〕一千六百三十四字(『如何』三見·『云何』四見·『若爾』六見)。四段皆屬三破往復之最密處。


二、術語(名相)

漢(玄奘)真諦異名(見目四)本論定義句/所繫
補特伽羅「人」(真諦逕以「人」譯之·不用音譯)「然犢子部執有補特伽羅,其體與蘊不一不異」〔0152c09〕·「但可依內現在世攝有執受諸蘊立補特伽羅」〔0152c17〕
犢子部「跋私弗多羅部」(音寫)·後段又作「筏蹉」「然犢子部執有補特伽羅」〔0152c09〕;頌疏注「筏蹉此云犢子」〔T41n1823 0979c19〕
實有相「實有物」「別有事物是實有相,如色聲等」〔0152c11〕
假有相「假名有」「但有聚集是假有相,如乳酪等」〔0152c12〕
現量——(諦本此段句法異)「於彼所計離蘊我中,無有真實現比量故」〔0152b29〕·「若無障緣,應現量得如六境意」〔0152c01〕
比量同上「或比量得如五色根」〔0152c02〕·「此別緣者即眼等根,如是名為色根比量」〔0152c07〕
爾焰(所知)——(諦本此段待核)「則彼所許三世無為及不可說五種爾焰亦應不可說」〔0153b03〕
命者命者(同系)「若補特伽羅即諸蘊者,世尊何不記命者即身」〔0155c12〕·「命者亦無,如何可言與身一異」〔0155c29〕
阿世耶(意樂)——(諦本此段待核)「觀能問者阿世耶故」〔0155c13〕·「由觀發問者,無力解真空」〔0156a23〕·「如是觀筏蹉,意樂差別故」〔0156a24〕
化生有情——(諦本此段待核)「謂蘊相續能往後世,不由胎卵濕名化生有情」〔0155b12〕
一切智——(諦本作「遍知」系·見目四)「但約相續有堪能故」〔0155a06〕·「纔作意時於所欲知境無倒智起故名一切智,非於一念能頓遍知」〔0155a07〕
相續轉變差別——(諦本末段場景相合·逐字待補)「謂業為先,後色心起,中無間斷,名為相續」〔0159a05〕·「即此相續,後後剎那異前前生,名為轉變」〔0159a06〕·「即此轉變,於最後時有勝功能無間生果,勝餘轉變,故名差別」〔0159a07〕
重擔·荷重擔者——(諦本此段待核)「吾今為汝說諸重擔、取捨重擔、荷重擔者」〔0155a27〕·「即五取蘊自相逼害得重擔名」〔0155b08〕·「前前剎那引後後故名為荷者」〔0155b08〕
薩迦耶見——(諦本此段待核)「執我所故於諸蘊中便復發生我我所愛薩迦耶見」〔0156c17〕
天授(喻例人名)——(諦本此段待核)「謂諸事用待事用者,如天授行必待天授」〔0157b08〕·「若假士夫,體非一物,於諸行相續假立此名故」〔0157b11〕
制怛羅(喻例人名)——(諦本此段待核)「然世間所言制怛羅能憶,此於蘊相續立制怛羅名」〔0157a16〕
德句義·實句義——(諦本此段待核)「以有念等德句義故,德必依止實句義故」〔0158b01〕
慧毒門——(諦本末頌待核)七言頌「於此方隅已略說,為開智者慧毒門」〔0159b13〕

名相之梵語羅馬字唯繫於古德所傳之音寫可徵者。本子之「犢子」一名,頌疏出音義對照「筏蹉此云犢子」〔T41n1823 0979c19〕,光記則釋其部名之由(見目六);「補特伽羅」一名之音義對照於本子三疏未見另出訓詞,據實從闕,不據現代校本擬補


三、校勘(大正原書校記·本品全枚舉)

本子範圍〔0152b24–0159b14〕<app> 錨五十八 = 異讀四十八(重出併六)+他藏交叉註四+無 witness 零。異讀逐條全枚舉於下表(四十八條·含二錨各兼二條者);他藏交叉註四條另立表末二節(CBETA 回改三·校異一),以 ⟨CB⟩ 標,不入異讀之數。底本從大正【大】讀;CBETA 回改處底本從【CB】讀,並錄大正原印。異讀之義理取捨屬義理之判,本目唯錄不判。

註號底本【大】/異讀語境(逐字·底本讀)觀察(唯錄不判)
01510040152b27三【大】*,二【宮】*「由我執力諸煩惱生,三有輪迴無容解脫」三有/二有·二讀皆通「輪迴無容解脫」
01520070152b28目【大】,因【宋】【明】「唯召蘊相續,非別目我體」「別目」(別指)文從字順·餘本或形近
01520080152c05芽【大】,牙【石】「不闕便有,如種生芽」芽/牙形近·前品已見同例
01520090152c06起【大】,〔-〕【宋】【元】【明】「而諸盲聾不盲聾等識不起起,定知別緣有闕不闕」涉措辭而不涉論旨·底本疊「起」字(前字狀詞·後字起下),餘本刪一,二讀皆通比量之證
01520110152c12許【大】*,計【明】*「許實許假各有何失」「許」(假設語氣)/「計」(計執)皆通設問之脈
01520120152c18有【大】,者【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「則補特伽羅應成假有,如乳酪等攬色等成」句末虛字之差·不改『攬蘊成假有』之結
01520130152c23同【大】,因【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「不如是立。所立云何?此如世間依薪立火」承接語之虛字差·不改火薪喻之展開
01520140152c26即【大】,既【石】「若火與薪一,所燒即能燒」即/既·二讀皆通『一則能所不分』
01530010153a11住【大】,性【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「體異諸蘊,成無常住」涉措辭而不涉論旨·無常住/無常性·訓詞小異
01530020153a15非【大】,作【宋】「亦非此火名因薪立,以立火名因煖觸故」宋本或涉上下文「非」字重出而訛
01530030153a19許【大】,諸【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「已分明許體與蘊異,理則應許」「應許」文從字順·餘本或形近
01530040153a22薪【大】,〔-〕【石】「若火異薪,薪應不熱」石本奪一字·上下文已明薪火二體
01530050153a25目【大】,因【明】「以實火名唯目煖觸,餘與煖合皆得熱名」與 0152b28「別目」同類·義同字異
01530070153b21說【大】,識【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「乃至身識說諸觸時,因此若能知有乳等」餘本或涉上文「識」字重出而衍
01530090153c07情【大】,性【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「有情必由分別立故」「有情必由分別立」承前「立有色、有補特伽羅」之脈
01530100153c19故【大】,由【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「以契經中定判識起由二緣故」句末虛字差·不改二緣生識之教證
01540010154a01准【大】,唯【宮】「餘識所識,為難准此」准/唯·宮本或涉他句而訛
01540020154a29悅【大】,說【明】「或謂有情不悅意生儒童、養者、命者」「不悅意生」為人契經固定套語
01540030154b13婆【大】,娑【宋】【元】【宮】,〔-〕【明】「頻毘婆羅契經亦說」頻毘婆羅/頻毘娑羅同名音譯用字之差
01540040154b18墮【大】,隨【石】引頌「汝墮惡見趣,於空行聚中」墮/隨形近·「墮惡見趣」為原意
01540050154c11誹【大】*,非【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*「而敢於中輒興誹撥」「誹撥」(誹謗撥無)為原意
01540060154c21有【大】,者【宋】【元】「一切沙門婆羅門等諸有執我等隨觀見」「諸有」為固定套語
01550020155c16記【大】,說【宮】「如不可記龜毛䩕軟」記/說·不改龜毛之喻
01550030155c16䩕【大】,硬【宋】【元】【明】【宮】同上句「䩕」為生僻字(同硬義)·餘本逕作通行字
01550040155c26酢【大】*,醋【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*「寧可答言果味甘酢」酢/醋古今字·義同字異
01560010156a12曰【大】,言【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「依如是義,故有頌曰」引頌套語之異
01560030156b25諦【大】,論【宮】「以契經言諦故住故,定執無我者墮惡見處故」「言諦」(說真諦)/「言論」·不改該教證
01560040156c02為【大】,為可【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「若定無有補特伽羅,為說阿誰流轉生死」句中虛字增減·不改設問語氣
01560050156c07原【大】,源【宮】「如燎原火雖剎那滅,而由相續說有流轉」原/源古今字通用
01570010157a02德【大】,能【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「不為依止差別愁憂散亂等緣損壞功德心差別起」功德/功能·訓詞小異·二讀皆通
01570020157a21所【大】*,〔-〕【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*「欲於何所驅役於念,而勤方便尋求念主」餘本略一虛字·不改設問語氣
01570030157a23謂【大】,為【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「役念為何?謂令念起」句首語氣詞之異
01570040157a26念【大】,令【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「為令念起、為令念行?念無行故,但應念起」涉措辭而不涉論旨·「念無行」為本段核心用詞·餘讀語脈稍異而下文仍通
01570050157b18天【大】,王【明】「如是天授身能為識因故,世間亦謂天授能了」天授為常用喻例人名·明本或形近
01570060157b21以【大】,似【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「都無所作,但以境生」與下文「似因起」「似境」相應·餘本或統一用字
01570070157c04從【大】,後【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「若後識生,從識非我。何緣從識」句首承接詞之異
01570080157c11性【大】,姓【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「亦有少分行相等心方能相生,種性別故」種性/種姓古今字通用
01570090157c15性【大】,姓【宮】「異此無功能,由種性別故」同上條
01580010158a07覺【大】,學【大】,覺【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「若待別覺,為難亦同。謂覺因何得有差別」校記原式如此·照錄——一列之中【大】出二讀(覺/學),係大正本自身之並存,非本目所改;覺/學形近,「別覺」為原意
01580020158a14壁【大】*,璧【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*「我為能持如壁如器」壁/璧形近·「如壁如器」為牆壁器皿之喻·非玉璧
01580030158a18深【大】,染【宋】【元】【宮】「證成無我,故我於此深生喜慰」「深生」文從字順·餘本或形近
01580040158a29令【大】,念【宋】【元】【明】「行力令心差別生故」令/念·句中虛字差
01580060158b21辨【大】,辯【明】「乃至辨因為果所屬」辯與辨二形之用字系統差(底本慣用辯·三疏反是)·非本句獨有之歧
01580070158b22熏【大】,重【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「謂無始來我執熏習,緣自相續有垢染心」「我執熏習」為固定術語·「重習」為形近
01580080158c18愛【大】,受【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「彼非愛等所依止故,唯內六處是彼所依」涉措辭而不涉論旨·愛等/受等·二讀皆通『內六處為苦樂所依』
01580090158c27從【大】,所【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「若爾,從何?從種相續轉變差別果方得生」句首虛字差
01590010159b12日【大】,曰【宋】【元】【宮】七言頌「諸佛日言光所照」「佛日」取喻義·「佛曰」為形近
01590020159b12殊【大】,昧【宋】【元】【明】【宮】同上頌「雖開殊眼不能覩」涉措辭而不涉論旨·殊眼(殊勝之眼)/昧眼(愚昧之眼)語意方向相反,而皆通『雖開眼不能覩』之頌義·唯錄不判

CBETA 回改三條(並錄大正原印·以 ⟨CB⟩ 標·不入異讀之數)

註號底本【CB】/大正原印語境
0156b0101 ⟨CB⟩0156b01記【CB】【麗-CB】K27n0955_p0674b14,說【大】四記皆非理之析一段
0158005 ⟨CB⟩0158b19果【CB】【宋】【元】【明】【宮】K27n0955_p0677c02,起【大】破勝論通難段之首
0158c2601 ⟨CB⟩0158c26從【CB】,隨【大】,従【麗-CB】K28n0958_p0678a20種果喻「從種相續轉變差別」一系

校異一條(諸藏互異·大正無改·不入異讀之數)

註號校記逐字語境
0159b06010159b06言【磧-CB】Q25_p0783a0,曰【麗-CB】K28n0958_p0678c17「依如是義故,有頌言」(底本作「言」)·諸藏於引頌套語之用字互異

校勘結語:四十八條之中,多屬形近訛字、虛詞增減、古今字通用之類;語意承重稍顯者七條——0152c06·0153a11·0157a26·0158c18·0159b12 二條及 0155c16 之「䩕/硬」,然皆不改該句所屬論證鏈之結論。0158b21(辨/辯)屬全書級用字系統差。無一條升定本案。 異讀並錄備考,唯錄不判


四、異譯對勘(真諦《阿毘達磨俱舍釋論》T29n1559 ★)

確有全對應:真諦本末卷有「破說我品第九」〔T29n1559 0304a17〕,其域〔0304a17〕–〔0310c09〕。真諦本《俱舍釋論》全書亦止於品九(無品十),與玄奘本同——品九為兩譯共同之末品。品名差:奘「破執我品」/諦「破說我品」,訓字皆通破執我之義,開合全同(單品·不分「之N」)。

品界開合差(並錄不判·本目最要之一條):定品末之十頌(自「大師世間眼已閉,又證教人稍滅散」至「是惑力盛時,求脫勿放逸」),玄奘繫之於定品之末〔本論〔0152b22〕「是諸煩惱力增時,應求解脫勿放逸」即其末句,在品界〔0152b23〕之前〕,真諦則以之開破說我品〔T29n1559 0304a18〕。同一組頌,一本繫前品之尾、一本繫本品之首——純屬品界歸屬之開合差,義理無別。本帙品08 已裁從三疏(繫定品末),本目並記其異,唯錄不判

系統性譯名差

  • 部名——奘「犢子部」(意譯)/諦「跋私弗多羅部」(音寫);諦本後段引筏蹉經處又作「筏蹉」。⇒ 同部異名於真諦本內部亦不一律,唯錄不判。頌疏之音義對照「筏蹉此云犢子」〔T41n1823 0979c19〕正可為二名同指之旁證。
  • 人法之名——奘「補特伽羅」(音譯)/諦逕以「」譯之(義譯·全篇一貫)。⇒ 以奘之詞搜諦本必假零命中,逐段對位一律取場景結構(誰、對誰說、問什麼、依何理、得何答)。

對勘要目(逐條)

  1. 實有假有之判——奘「別有事物是實有相,如色聲等。但有聚集是假有相,如乳酪等」〔0152c11〕‖諦「實有相云何?假有相云何?若如色等別有,名實有物。若如乳等但聚集有,名假名有」〔T29n1559 0304b10〕。⇒ 場景全合(色等喻實有·乳酪喻假有),惟諦本作二問並列而奘本作一問二答。
  2. 火依薪喻(全論最密之譬喻論證)——奘「此如世間依薪立火,如何立火可說依薪?謂非離薪可立有火,而薪與火非異非一。若火異薪,薪應不熱。若火與薪一,所燒即能燒」〔0152c23〕‖諦「如約薪執說火,約陰執說人亦爾。云何約薪執說火?若離薪火不可執說,不可立火與薪有異、與薪無異。若火異薪,薪應不熱。若火不異薪,所燒應即是能燒」〔T29n1559 0304b23〕。⇒ 逐句場景全合:喻體(薪火)·喻依(人我)·二難之式(異則不熱·一則能所不分)二本一致。
  3. 一切智非頓遍知——奘引頌「由相續有能,如火食一切,如是一切智,非由頓遍知」〔0155a10〕‖諦「由相續有能,稱火食一切;說遍知亦然,不由俱悉解」〔T29n1559 0306b22〕。⇒ 偈義全合而譯語系統異(奘「一切智」/諦「遍知」·奘「頓」/諦「俱悉」)。
  4. 三世諸佛偈——奘「若過去諸佛,若未來諸佛,若現在諸佛,皆滅眾生憂」〔0155a15〕‖諦「如偈曰:是過去諸佛,是未來諸佛,是現在世佛,能除眾生憂」〔T29n1559 0306b24〕。⇒ 四句逐句對位·義全合。
  5. 世羅苾芻尼答魔王偈——奘〔0154b18〕。諦本相應段亦作世羅對魔王說偈,其偈以惡見·空聚·假立有情·攬眾分立車為喻。⇒ 場景結構(世羅苾芻尼·對魔王·車喻)二本全合;偈文逐字之細校未及完成,誠實記為待補,不以奘詞代填。
  6. 龍軍與畢隣陀王問答——奘〔0155c17〕「昔有大德名曰龍軍,三明六通具八解脫」至〔0155c29〕「命者亦無,如何可言與身一異」。諦本相應段亦有王與大德之問答(問命者與身一異·大德以宮中無菴羅樹則果味無可答為喻反詰)。⇒ 場景全合;惟諦本此段未見逐字標出「龍軍」「畢隣陀」二譯名,據實記闕——場景確在,詳名待覆核(未查得≠彼本無)。
  7. 孔雀輪喻——奘「於一孔雀輪,一切種因相,非餘智境界,唯一切智知」〔0157c23〕。諦本末卷相應處亦有『一切智唯佛能了』之論證段,逐字偈文待補
  8. 末段業果與結頌——奘末段〔0159a12〕–〔0159b14〕。諦本末卷亦以業之相續轉變差別為末段義理,兩譯皆以本品為末品,收筆處相同;末四頌逐字之對照待補

譯名對照(本子範圍·逐字所見):破執我品/破說我品 · 補特伽羅/人 · 犢子部/跋私弗多羅部(筏蹉) · 一切智/遍知 · 頌曰論曰/偈曰釋曰。

誠實記:本目八條之中,條五·六·七·八明標『待補』,係細校未及,非零命中,性質有別,一併誠實記。二譯優劣不判。


五、系內對辯(眾賢《順正理論》T1562 ·《顯宗論》T1563)

本品之對辯軸為結構性全闕——非『未查到』,而是二論之品目本身不設此品。

  • T1562《阿毘達磨順正理論》全書八十卷、僅八品(辯本事·辯差別·辯緣起·辯業·辯隨眠·辯賢聖·辯智·辯定),其品目止於辯定品,全書無獨立品對應破執我品。本品九塊偈頌之十二首句串於該論全零見;「破執我」「破我品」二詞亦零見(全書散見「破我宗」三處,皆為泛稱他宗立場之套語,非品名,亦非本品相應段之對辯,不得以之充)。
  • T1563《阿毘達磨顯宗論》全書僅九品(序品·辯本事·辯差別·辯緣起·辯業·辯隨眠·辯賢聖·辯智·辯定),止於「辯定品第九」,同樣無破執我品之對應。T1563 品號後移之因:該論首立序品而 T1562 無之,故其品號整體較底本與順正理論後移一位——T1563 之「第九」即定品,引其品題必先核品名(本帙品06 已以此故引作「辯賢聖品第七」)。
  • 與他品之闕有別:品06 之個案是『品目存在而內容全闕』,本品則是『品目本身不存在』,程度更甚,故措辭亦當有別。⇒ 本目據實標闕本品無「經主」句可摘,非因搜尋方法之失,乃因眾賢二論之結構本無此品不以他品之文充之
  • 可觀者一事(唯錄不判):眾賢二論皆為釋俱舍本頌而作(「頌同釋異」),本品既無本頌,二論遂無所繫之頌可釋——此闕與本品『無本頌』之特例互為表裏,並記於此,其義理之判屬義理之事。

六、諸家異釋(光記·寶疏·頌疏·神泰疏)

神泰疏之闕(負命題已證·據實標闕):神泰《俱舍論疏》X53n0836 為殘本,其品目末=「分別賢聖品第六之三」,破執我品全闕。機械容錯覆核:「破我品」「破執我」「犢子部」「補特伽羅」「世羅」「龍軍」「畢隣陀」「孔雀輪」於該書皆零見。更須誌者:他品之闕尚可於其卷一總覽表得一頌數之證(如「賢聖品八十三行」),本品連總覽表之證亦無——該總表止於定品三十九行,因本品無本頌故。⇒ 泰疏於本品全闕·無一字可繫,不以他品之文充之。

頌疏之覆蓋(本品 witness 之最·反證所得):頌疏向例「唯釋頌」,本品既無本頌,本似當闕;實查則不然——頌疏〈破我品〉〔T41n1823 0978a09〕至卷末〔0981c07〕逐段連續釋文,改用『逐段科判+引論文原句+『釋曰』散文』之體例,體例變而覆蓋不變,且其逐句標明說者之細緻程度超過光記與寶疏。本品之頌數硬約束(十七行+三行)亦唯出於頌疏。⇒ 頌疏於本品之 witness 價值三疏中最高,與他品之常態恰相反

(一)品名解題與品級大科

  • 光記解題〔T41n1821 0438c16〕:「破執我品者,我體實無,諸有橫執,此品廣破執我。所以次明破我品者,此論一部,釋佛契經三法印中諸法無我。前八品明諸法事,後一品明無我理」⇒ 光記把本品之位放在全論結構上說:八品明「諸法有」,此品獨明『人無我』,全論收束於此。
  • 光記大科〔T41n1821 0439b11〕:「然犢子部執至不一不異者,此下第二別破。就別中,一破犢子部、二破數論師、三破勝論師。此下第一破犢子部。就中,一敘宗、二正破、三通難。」⇒ 三破鼎立,且每一破皆用『敘宗→正破→通難』同一格式——破數論師處作「文第二破數論師」〔T41n1821 0448a25〕、破勝論師處作「文第三破勝論師」〔T41n1821 0449a27〕,格式三度重現,全品科判呈整齊三段對稱。
  • 寶疏大科〔T41n1822 0803c20〕:「論『然犢子部至不一不異』,大文第二破異部……諸部之中唯犢子部執有實我」——與光記三分結構全合,寶疏另補一義:犢子部乃佛教十八部之一,異於數論勝論之外道,故特言「唯犢子部執有實我」而先破之,光記未見此語。
  • 寶疏之一句照錄〔T41n1822 0803b22〕:「准諸經例,問非序分不可分三」——寶疏明言本品不作序正流通三分科。照錄不判。
  • 頌疏品首〔T41n1823 0978a09〕:「破我品……犢子部者,十八部中之一部也。佛在世時,有一外道,厥名犢子,今此部執同斯外道,故以標名。此品破中,先破犢子,次破……」;其開卷更有一句提綱之語「夫雲披月現,執亡空明」〔T41n1823 0978a10〕。頌疏自述其體例作「今唯釋頌,不可具陳,略舉綱宗,以為發起」。
  • 頌疏之二分與六分〔T41n1823 0978b28〕:「從此論主引頌證破,於中有二:一正破、二流通。初有十七行頌是正破,後有三行是流通」;正破之六分=正顯真空(六行)·明佛遍知(二行)·置答益物(六行)·因相不測(一行)·果生先後(一行)·業報難知(一行),六分字數合三百四十字,與十七行逐字閉合。

(二)犢子部得名之由與「先破」之次第

  • 光記〔T41n1821 0439b14〕:「言犢子部者,十八部中之一稱也。佛在世時有犢子外道……弟子不應執我,而橫計我,故先破也。」⇒ 光記釋部名之由(承外道犢子之名),並交代何以先破犢子部——佛弟子而橫計我,其失尤顯。
  • 頌疏同釋部名之由(「佛在世時,有一外道,厥名犢子,今此部執同斯外道,故以標名」),並於後文出音義對照「筏蹉此云犢子」〔T41n1823 0979c19〕,此為三疏中唯一之音義注。

(三)說者繫屬(三疏詳略之差最顯著處)

  • 光記於犢子部段逐句標宗——〔T41n1821 0439b28〕標「犢子部問」·〔T41n1821 0439c18〕標「先述犢子部宗」(明其為犢子部之自陳,非世親代言)。
  • 寶疏亦標二處——〔T41n1822 0805c03〕「犢子部引經難也」(繫五根各別境一段之引經)·〔T41n1822 0806a14〕「犢子部總非前所引經非聖言量也」(繫「此皆非量。所以者何?於我部中曾不誦故」一句)。
  • 頌疏最細·逐句標問——〔T41n1823 0979b04〕「從此第二,引證。犢子部問:如何得知,約相續說……」·〔T41n1823 0979b21〕「從此第三,置答益物分,先難後答。犢子部難:若補特伽羅即諸蘊者,世尊何不說命者即……」·〔T41n1823 0979c11〕「命者亦無,如何可言與身一異」一段之後續標「又犢子問」。⇒ 頌疏為三疏中唯一逐句標「犢子部問/犢子部難」者,本子白話層與義疏層之說者繫屬,即以三疏此諸標宗為準繩。
  • 誠實記二處:①光記〔T41n1821 0439b28〕於「實有假有相別云何」一問標作「犢子部問」,而依本論長行之語脈,此問亦可讀為論主詰犢子部,二讀之問答方向恰相反——本目據實並記兩讀,不強改光記,取捨屬義理之判。②火依薪喻之後論主之破、常等四記一段之問者,三疏皆未見另立明標,據實記「無標」,依上下文語氣繫屬,不代疏家立標。

(四)龍軍與畢隣陀王一段(三疏詳略之差第二顯處)

  • 光記與寶疏於此段皆零見「龍軍」「畢隣陀」二名——非漏釋,乃二家於敘事性插段之慣例不特標人名,逕由上下文承接釋之。『零見』不斷言「無釋」。
  • 頌疏獨標〔T41n1823 0979b28〕「大德名曰龍軍」以下,逐句復述本論此段問答之梗概(王請直答·大德受請·問命者與身一異·大德反問宮中菴羅果味·王言宮中本無此樹·大德誨以命者亦無)。⇒ 三疏中唯頌疏明白標出典故人名並複述問答,其教學價值於此段最高。

(五)鳩摩邏多之頌(塊5 之出處判·本目最要之一條)

  • 光記〔T41n1821 0445b20〕明繫「經部中鳩摩邏多有是頌言」;頌疏〔T41n1823 0979c29〕亦作「一經部師中鳩摩邏多頌、第二論主頌」。⇒ 〔0156a13〕牝虎銜子一頌,前文雖作「故有頌曰」而非論主自造,係經部師鳩摩邏多之頌;其後〔0156a17〕「復說頌曰」一塊方為論主自造。二疏逐字同判,本目據以繫引(見目一之對照表)。

(六)本品於全論之位(二解並錄·不判)

光記於本品之位有二解:其一依常途,本品為全論九品之末品,自有其正宗之義;其二則謂本品全屬流通——乘定品末勸學流通之勢而起問,剩明破我之義。⇒ 二解並錄,本目不判其孰是;其取捨屬義理之判。寶疏於此另有一準——「准諸經例,問非序分不可分三」(見上),明言本品不宜以序正流通三分之例強套。

(七)三疏詳略總覽(並錄不判)

議題光記寶疏頌疏互異之點
品名解題以三法印立全論框架較簡·補「唯犢子部執有實我」一義逐字釋部名·另出音義注取徑各異
品級大科大文二分·別破三·每破三段格式二分·正破三·明言不可分三二分·正破六分(十七行/三行)三家同判二分而細分互異
說者標籤標「犢子部問」「先述犢子部宗」標「犢子部引經難」「總非前所引經」逐句標問·最細密度之差
龍軍一段零見人名零見人名獨標並複述敘事插段之處理
鳩摩邏多之頌明繫經部師未見明繫經部師二家同判
頌數之硬約束未見逐段頌數語出「自下三頌」勸學流通出「十七行/三行」全表頌疏獨強
神泰疏本品全闕·連總覽表之證亦無

三疏於本子範圍之義理內容無互異(悉宗世親本論),所異者唯教學鷹架之詳略與說者標籤之密度不判優劣。 三疏之判釋與其互異之取捨,別居義疏層之承衍節。


七、互讀(唯識根系掛鏈)

本子所破者為『離蘊實我』,其正面之義(無我而業果相續成、憶念記知成)於唯識根系自有可對讀之座標;然本目所能繫者以逐字有錨者為限。經逐字檢核,本子範圍之論句與唯識根系之相應段,未得可逐字繫屬之錨——本品純為破他宗之對辯體,其用語(補特伽羅不可說·事用必待事用者·我與意合)皆隨他宗之立而設,非可徑以彼系之定義句對位。

據實從闕,不擬補。 掛鏈之取捨與傾向屬義理之判;日後若得逐字可徵之錨,再行補繫。


八、譯史

  • 玄奘新譯(本底本):《開元釋教錄》著錄「阿毘達磨俱舍論三十卷」〔T55n2154 0557a22〕,其夾註逐字作「第二出與真諦出者同本永徽二年五月十日於大慈恩寺翻經院譯至五年七月二十七日畢沙門元瑜筆受」〔T55n2154 0557a22〕。本子品題「破執我品第九之一」〔T29 0152b23〕·卷第三十卷題〔T29 0155a21〕·品續題「破執我品第九之二」〔T29 0155a25〕。
  • 真諦舊譯(異譯校本):《開元釋教錄》於論藏部類作「阿毘達磨俱舍釋論二十二卷陳天竺三藏真諦譯」〔T55n2154 0620c17〕,玄奘本著錄於其後作「阿毘達磨俱舍論三十卷大唐三藏玄奘譯」〔T55n2154 0620c22〕。真諦本本品題「破說我品第九」〔T29n1559 0304a17〕,居其卷第二十二,亦為其書末品。
  • 對辯二論之譯:《開元釋教錄》「阿毘達磨順正理論八十卷大唐三藏玄奘譯」〔T55n2154 0620c25〕·「阿毘達磨顯宗論四十卷大唐三藏玄奘譯」〔T55n2154 0620c27〕,並結曰「右二部論與俱舍論頌同釋異並眾賢造」〔T55n2154 0621a01〕。「頌同釋異」四字正可釋本品何以無對辯——二論用俱舍本頌而別作長行,本品既無本頌,遂無所繫之頌可釋(見目五)。
  • 造論緣起:《婆藪盤豆法師傳》記其造論之體例作「立薩婆多義隨有僻處以經部義破之」〔T50n2049 0190b15〕。⇒ 本品之末段(業果相續轉變差別·種果喻)正是此體例之顯例——世親於『無我而業果何以成』一問,逕取相續轉變差別之理路收束全論。
  • 本頌單行本之闕:T1560《阿毘達磨俱舍論本頌》其品目末品=「分別定品第八」,全書不收破執我品——本品『無本頌』之判即以此為正面結構證據。此只證『本頌單行本不收』,不證『世親未造本頌』,後者無據可徵,本目不斷言。
  • 諸疏之次:光記 T41n1821(普光·主)·寶疏 T41n1822(法寶·副)·頌疏 T41n1823(圓暉·科判·本品 witness 之最)·神泰疏 X53n0836(殘·本品全闕)。

九、校本定位

  • 玄奘 T1558(底本):品題 head 0152b23 · 正文起 0152b24 · 段① 0152b24 · 段② 0152c09 · 火依薪喻 0152c23 · 六識所識難 0153b05 · 諸經證起 0153c 域 · 引頌〔世羅偈〕0154b18 · 引頌〔婆拕梨偈〕0154b23 · 段②a 0154c02 · 引頌〔火食喻〕0155a10 · 引頌〔三世佛〕0155a15 · 卷三十卷題 0155a21 · 品續題 0155a25 · 段②b 0155a26 · 龍軍段 0155c17 · 引頌〔牝虎銜子〕0156a13 · 論主自造頌 0156a18 · 段②c 0156a26 · 段②d 0157a10 · 段③ 0157b07 · 引頌〔孔雀輪〕0157c23 · 段④ 0157c26 · 段④a 0158c20 · 引頌〔業極重近起〕0159a12 · 引頌〔此業此熏習〕0159b07 · 七言三頌 0159b09 · 終 0159b14。
  • 真諦 T1559:品題 0304a17 · 品域 0304a17–0310c09 · 開品十頌 0304a18 · 十頌之末 0304a22 · 實有假有 0304b10 · 火依薪喻 0304b23 · 火食一切偈與三世佛偈 0306b22。
  • 眾賢 T1562全闕——八品止於辯定品,無破執我品之對應(品目本身不設)。T1563全闕——九品止於辯定品第九(首立序品故品號整體後移一位)。
  • 光記 T41n1821〔卷三十·品首 0438c15〕:0438c16 · 0439b11 · 0439b14 · 0439b28 · 0439c18 · 0445b20 · 0448a25 · 0449a27。域 0438c15–0452b02。
  • 寶疏 T41n1822〔卷三十·品首 0803b14〕:0803b22 · 0803c20 · 0805c03 · 0806a14 · 0812b11。域 0803b14–0812b25。
  • 頌疏 T41n1823〔卷第三十·品首 0978a09〕:0978a10 · 0978b28 · 0979b04 · 0979b21 · 0979b28 · 0979c11 · 0979c19 · 0979c29。域 0978a09–0981c07。
  • 神泰疏 X53n0836本品全闕——品目末=分別賢聖品第六之三;連卷一總覽表之頌數證亦無(總表止於定品三十九行)。
  • T1560 本頌單行:品目末品=分別定品第八·全書不收本品
  • 唯識系互讀錨本子從闕(逐字可徵之錨未得·不擬補)。
  • 經錄·僧傳:T55n2154 0557a22 · 0620c17 · 0620c22 · 0620c25 · 0620c27 · 0621a01;T50n2049 0190b15。
  • 校勘:本品 <app> 錨五十八 = 異讀四十八(全枚舉·重出併六)+他藏交叉註四(CBETA 回改三·校異一·以 ⟨CB⟩ 及專表標·不入異讀之數)+無 witness 零。無升定本案。

The eight chapters of the treatise clarify 「諸法有」 tr. “dharmas exist”; this one chapter alone clarifies that “the person is without self.” This is the only chapter of the whole treatise that has no root stanzas — pure prose, disputation throughout, entering upon its tenet directly from the one question 「越此依餘,豈無解脫」 tr. “if one relies on another beyond this, is there no liberation?” , first blocking a self apart from the aggregates in general by the two means of knowledge, direct perception and inference, and next refuting three parties severally (the Vātsīputrīyas · the Sāṃkhya masters · the Vaiśeṣika masters), interspersing along the way the simile of fire in dependence on firewood, the objection from being cognized by the six consciousnesses, the reconciling of the several sūtras, the setting aside of an answer to Vatsa’s four declarations, the exchange of Nāgasena and King Pilinda, the simile of the peacock’s tail, and the simile of seed and fruit, and closing with three stanzas of seven characters to the line exhorting to study and handing the work on, with which the whole treatise ends. The nine blocks of stanza in the text are none of them root stanzas; they are stanzas the author cites as scriptural proof or composes himself. The coverage of the three commentaries for this chapter is likewise wholly unlike that for the other chapters — Shentai’s commentary is wholly lacking, Saṅghabhadra’s two treatises structurally have no such chapter, and Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary, which has always explained the stanzas only, here changes to a passage-by-passage prose explanation and so becomes the foremost witness for this chapter.


I. Doctrinal Outline and Placement

Outline systemThe position of this passage
Xuanzang’s T1558 in nine chaptersChapter Nine, Refutation of the Grasped Self (chapter-title head〔T29 0152b23〕· main text beginning〔T29 0152b24〕) — the only chapter boundary falling within a fascicle in the whole treatise (the end of the preceding Chapter on Absorption and the head of this chapter lie alike within Fascicle Twenty-Nine). This unit (Unit 1) = the whole chapter as one unit, bounded〔0152b24〕–〔0159b14〕, nine thousand two hundred and three characters of pure Chinese (three thousand four hundred ninety-six in the latter part of Fascicle Twenty-Nine plus five thousand seven hundred seven in Fascicle Thirty)
This chapter has no root stanzasThe separate edition of the root stanzas, T1560, has no Chapter on Refuting the Grasped Self at all (the last chapter in its list is Chapter Eight, Analysis of Absorption) ⇒ the nine <lg> blocks in this chapter’s text are none of them root stanzas. Where the apparatus and the exposition cite the stanzas of this chapter, they are marked in every case as〔quoted stanza · not a root stanza〕/〔stanza composed by the author · not a root stanza〕/〔stanza composed by the author · seven characters to the line · not a root stanza〕, and may not be cited as 「正N」 tr. “Root N”
The count of this chapter’s stanzas (three sources closing)The nine blocks together are four hundred twenty-four characters, in two layers — seventeen lines of five characters (three hundred forty characters · proper refutation) plus three stanzas of seven characters (eighty-four characters · handing on). The three sources agree: Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary 「初有十七行頌是正破,後有三行是流通」 tr. “the first seventeen lines of stanza are the proper refutation, and the three lines after are the handing on”〔T41n1823 0978b29〕· Fabao’s Commentary 「自下三頌……勸學流通」 tr. “below, three stanzas… exhorting to study and handing on”〔T41n1822 0812b11〕· and the mechanical count (three hundred forty divided by twenty = seventeen · eighty-four divided by twenty-eight = three)
The anchor carried overAt the head of the chapter, 「越此依餘,豈無解脫?理必無有。所以者何?虛妄我執所迷亂故」 tr. “if one relies on another beyond this, is there no liberation? In principle there certainly is none. Why so? Because one is deluded by the false grasping of a self”〔T29 0152b24〕— not a formula of transition, but a direct entry upon the tenet. What is carried over is the lamentation and exhortation to study at the end of the Chapter on Absorption (「是諸煩惱力增時,應求解脫勿放逸」 tr. “when the force of these afflictions increases, one should seek liberation and not be heedless”〔T29 0152b22〕); Puguang has two readings of this chapter’s position (the adjudication of preface, main doctrine, and handing on), both recorded at item six
The chapter-level main outline in the three commentariesPuguang divides the main text in two — first the extended refutation of divergent graspings · second exhorting to study and handing on; within the extended refutation, first the general refutation · second the several refutations, the several refutations covering three parties〔T41n1821 0439b11〕. Fabao divides it in two — first properly refuting the self · second exhorting to no-self〔T41n1822 0812b11〕, the proper refutation in three sections〔T41n1822 0803b22〕, and he says expressly 「准諸經例,問非序分不可分三tr. “judging by the pattern of the sūtras, a question is not a preface section and cannot be divided into three” (this chapter is not outlined by the threefold pattern of preface, main doctrine, and handing on · recorded as it stands). Yuanhui divides it in two — seventeen lines of proper refutation in six divisions / three lines of handing on〔T41n1823 0978b28〕 ⇒ all three stop at a twofold division, and not one of them sets up a third-level main outline boundary within the chapter
Why the carve makes this a single unitThe chapter-level outlines of the three commentaries are all twofold, and there is no “outline boundary on which the three coincide” to be used; the nine thousand two hundred three characters fall within the ideal band (at its upper edge); the stanza blocks are whole and not cut; and the mechanical attestation by transitional sentences fails for this chapter — of the sixty-eight hits within the chapter’s domain, 「又」 tr. “again” accounts for forty-two and 「然」 tr. “yet” for twenty-one, together over ninety-two percent, and the chapter nowhere uses the outline-boundary formulas 「如是已說/當說/今次應辯」 tr. “this having been explained / it should be explained / now next it should be analyzed”, which is the actual condition of this chapter’s continuous disputational form
Fascicle boundaryFascicle Thirty title〔T29 0155a21〕· continued chapter title 「破執我品第九之二」 tr. “Chapter Nine, Refutation of the Grasped Self, part two”〔T29 0155a25〕· the opening sentence of Fascicle Thirty〔T29 0155a26〕「若唯五取蘊名補特伽羅,何故世尊作如是說:吾今為汝說諸重擔、取捨重擔、荷重擔者」 tr. “if only the five aggregates of appropriation are called the pudgala, why did the World-Honored One speak thus: I shall now expound for you the burdens, the taking up and laying down of the burden, and the bearer of the burden” — not a transitional sentence, but a question in the midst of the exchange (the objection from the Sūtra of the Burden); the general rule for opening sentences of fascicles in this treatise does not hold here, and this is recorded as it stands
The closing sentence of the chapter「庶各隨己力堪能,遍悟所知成勝業」 tr. “may each, as his own strength is able, comprehend all that is knowable and accomplish the surpassing work”〔T29 0159b14〕— the end of this chapter, and likewise the last words of the whole treatise

The doctrinal sequence of this unit (ten outline sections · the section character counts totaling nine thousand two hundred three · with no leakage and no overlap):

#Outline sectionOpening locPure Chinese characters
The general refutation (blocking a self apart from the aggregates by the two means of knowledge)0152b24226
First several refutation · refuting the Vātsīputrīyas (positing · challenging · the simile of fire and firewood · the objection from the six consciousnesses · the proof from the sūtras)0152c09two thousand five hundred ninety-two
②aThe five faults of grasping a self · setting aside an answer for the benefit of beings (Vatsa’s four declarations)0154c02678
②bThe objection from the Sūtra of the Burden (the opening of Fascicle Thirty)0155a26one thousand three hundred four
②cOn what ground the world being permanent and the rest are not declared0156a26one thousand one hundred forty-eight
②dRecollection and recognition0157a10408
Second several refutation · refuting the Sāṃkhya masters0157b07764
Third several refutation · refuting the Vaiśeṣika masters0157c26one thousand two hundred eighty-four
④aThe continuum, transformation, and differentiation of action and its fruit (the simile of seed and fruit)0158c20715
Exhorting to study and handing on (three stanzas of seven characters)0159b0984

Correspondence table for the provenance of the nine blocks of stanza (each block attributed separately · no assertion is made as to the total at the level of items):

locCharacters in the blockMarkingThe attestation in the preceding text (word for word)The adjudication of provenance
0154b1840Quoted stanza · not a root stanza「有阿羅漢苾芻尼名世羅,為魔王說」 tr. “there was an arhat bhikṣuṇī named Śailā, who spoke to Māra”The stanza in which the bhikṣuṇī Śailā answers Māra (scriptural proof)
0154b2380Quoted stanza · not a root stanza「世尊於《雜阿笈摩》中為婆羅門婆拕梨說」 tr. “the World-Honored One in the Saṃyuktāgama spoke to the brahmin Batuoli”The stanza the World-Honored One spoke to Batuoli (scriptural proof · citing the Saṃyuktāgama)
0155a1020Quoted stanza · not a root stanza「非於一念能頓遍知。故於此中有如是頌」 tr. “it is not that in a single thought one can know all at once; hence herein there is such a stanza”The simile of fire devouring everything (explaining that omniscience is not knowing all at once · the corresponding passage in Paramārtha’s text〔T29n1559 0306b22〕)
0155a1520Quoted stanza · not a root stanza「於何處說?如有頌言」 tr. “where is it said? As a stanza says”The stanza of the Buddhas of the three times (proving that the Buddha has three times · the corresponding passage in Paramārtha’s text)
0156a1340Quoted stanza · not a root stanza「依如是義,故有頌曰」 tr. “in accordance with this sense, therefore, there is a stanza that says”The stanza of the tigress carrying her cub — Puguang expressly attributes it to Kumāralāta of the Sautrāntikas (see item six); though headed 「頌曰」 tr. “a stanza says,” it is not composed by the author
0156a1880Stanza composed by the author · not a root stanza「復說頌曰」 tr. “he spoke a further stanza, saying”Composed by the author (「由實命者無,佛不言一異」 tr. “because a really existent life-principle does not exist, the Buddha does not speak of sameness or difference”)
0157c2320Quoted stanza · not a root stanza「依如是義故,有頌言」 tr. “in accordance with this sense, therefore, there is a stanza that says”The simile of the peacock’s tail (the marks of cause known only to omniscience)
0159a1220Quoted stanza · not a root stanza「而重近起數習所引明了非餘。如有頌言」 tr. “yet what is heavy, near arisen, and drawn forth by repeated practice is clear and the rest are not. As a stanza says”The stanza of action that is gravest and nearest arisen
0159b0720Quoted stanza · not a root stanza「唯佛證知非餘境界。依如是義,故有頌言」 tr. “only the Buddha realizes and knows it; it is not the object-field of any other. In accordance with this sense, therefore, there is a stanza that says”The stanza of “this action, this perfuming”
0159b0984Stanza composed by the author · seven characters to the line · not a root stanzaCarried on from the end of the preceding stanza, 「離佛無能知」 tr. “apart from the Buddha none can know”The three stanzas of exhorting to study and handing on (composed by the author · adjudged alike by the three commentaries)

Only the last block contains both the five-character and the seven-character forms —〔0159b07〕one stanza of five characters and〔0159b09〕three stanzas of seven characters, which the Taishō edition prints as one <lg> although it straddles the two main outline divisions of 「正破/流通」 tr. “proper refutation / handing on”; this corpus, following case (b) of the stanza-sequence adjudication, marks them as two entries. As to the total at the level of items for the stanzas quoted from sūtras and the stanza of the Sautrāntika master, this item makes no assertion; each block is attributed separately according to the table above.

The long prose passages (each exceeding seven hundred characters of pure Chinese · the densest places of question and answer and of divergent accounts · mechanically counted):〔the head of the file–0154b18〕two thousand eight hundred twenty-two characters (nine occurrences of 『如何』 · two of 『云何』 · three of 『若爾』)·〔following the stanza attached at 0155a15〕one thousand two hundred fifteen characters (two occurrences of 『如何』 · one of 『豈不』)·〔following the stanza attached at 0156a18〕two thousand two hundred seventy-six characters (six occurrences of 『如何』 · two of 『若爾』)·〔following the stanza attached at 0157c23〕one thousand six hundred thirty-four characters (three occurrences of 『如何』 · four of 『云何』 · six of 『若爾』). All four passages belong to the densest exchanges of the three refutations.


II. Terminology (Technical Terms)

Chinese (Xuanzang)Paramārtha’s divergent name (see item four)The treatise’s defining sentence / what it hangs on
pudgala「人」 tr. “person” (Paramārtha renders it straightforwardly as 「人」 tr. “person,” using no transcription)「然犢子部執有補特伽羅,其體與蘊不一不異」 tr. “yet the Vātsīputrīyas grasp that there is a pudgala, whose entity is neither the same as the aggregates nor different from them”〔0152c09〕·「但可依內現在世攝有執受諸蘊立補特伽羅」 tr. “a pudgala may be established only in dependence on those aggregates which are inner, included in the present time, and appropriated”〔0152c17〕
the Vātsīputrīyas「跋私弗多羅部」 tr. “the Bosifuduoluo school” (transcription) · in the later passage also 「筏蹉」 tr. “Vatsa”「然犢子部執有補特伽羅」 tr. “yet the Vātsīputrīyas grasp that there is a pudgala”〔0152c09〕; Yuanhui’s note 「筏蹉此云犢子」 tr. “Vatsa here means Calf”〔T41n1823 0979c19〕
the mark of real existence「實有物」 tr. “a really existent thing”「別有事物是實有相,如色聲等」 tr. “for there to be a further separate thing is the mark of real existence, as with form and sound”〔0152c11〕
the mark of conventional existence「假名有」 tr. “conventionally named existence”「但有聚集是假有相,如乳酪等」 tr. “for there to be merely an aggregation is the mark of conventional existence, as with milk and curds”〔0152c12〕
direct perception—— (the syntax of this passage differs in Paramārtha’s text)「於彼所計離蘊我中,無有真實現比量故」 tr. “because within that self apart from the aggregates which they reckon there is no real direct perception or inference”〔0152b29〕·「若無障緣,應現量得如六境意」 tr. “if there were no obstructing condition it should be obtained by direct perception, as the six object-fields are by the mind”〔0152c01〕
inferenceas above「或比量得如五色根」 tr. “or it should be obtained by inference, as the five form-faculties are”〔0152c02〕·「此別緣者即眼等根,如是名為色根比量」 tr. “this separate condition is just the faculties, the eye and the rest, and this is called the inference of the form-faculties”〔0152c07〕
the knowables (what is knowable)—— (this passage in Paramārtha’s text awaits checking)「則彼所許三世無為及不可說五種爾焰亦應不可說」 tr. “then the five knowables he admits — the three times, the unconditioned, and the inexpressible — must likewise be inexpressible”〔0153b03〕
the life-principlethe life-principle (the same system)「若補特伽羅即諸蘊者,世尊何不記命者即身」 tr. “if the pudgala just is the aggregates, why did the World-Honored One not declare that the life-principle is the body”〔0155c12〕·「命者亦無,如何可言與身一異」 tr. “the life-principle likewise does not exist; how then can it be said to be the same as or different from the body”〔0155c29〕
āśaya (the underlying inclination)—— (this passage in Paramārtha’s text awaits checking)「觀能問者阿世耶故」 tr. “because he observes the āśaya of the one who can ask”〔0155c13〕·「由觀發問者,無力解真空」 tr. “because he observes that the questioner has not the strength to understand true emptiness”〔0156a23〕·「如是觀筏蹉,意樂差別故」 tr. “observing thus the differences of Vatsa’s inclination”〔0156a24〕
apparitionally born sentient beings—— (this passage in Paramārtha’s text awaits checking)「謂蘊相續能往後世,不由胎卵濕名化生有情」 tr. “namely, a continuum of aggregates that can go on to a later existence and does not come by way of womb, egg, or moisture is called an apparitionally born sentient being”〔0155b12〕
omniscience—— (Paramārtha’s text uses the 「遍知」 tr. “thorough knowing” system · see item four)「但約相續有堪能故」 tr. “it is said only with regard to the continuum’s having the capacity”〔0155a06〕·「纔作意時於所欲知境無倒智起故名一切智,非於一念能頓遍知」 tr. “as soon as attention is directed, an unmistaken cognition arises with regard to the object one wishes to know, and it is therefore called omniscience, and not that in a single thought one can know all at once”〔0155a07〕
continuum, transformation, and differentiation—— (the scene of the closing passage agrees in Paramārtha’s text · the word-for-word collation is still to be supplied)「謂業為先,後色心起,中無間斷,名為相續」 tr. “that action comes first and form and mind arise thereafter with no interval between is called the continuum”〔0159a05〕·「即此相續,後後剎那異前前生,名為轉變」 tr. “that in this very continuum each succeeding moment arises differently from each preceding one is called transformation”〔0159a06〕·「即此轉變,於最後時有勝功能無間生果,勝餘轉變,故名差別」 tr. “that this very transformation at the last time has a surpassing capacity that produces its fruit with nothing intervening, surpassing the other transformations, is therefore called differentiation”〔0159a07〕
the burden · the bearer of the burden—— (this passage in Paramārtha’s text awaits checking)「吾今為汝說諸重擔、取捨重擔、荷重擔者」 tr. “I shall now expound for you the burdens, the taking up and laying down of the burden, and the bearer of the burden”〔0155a27〕·「即五取蘊自相逼害得重擔名」 tr. “the five aggregates of appropriation, oppressing one another by their own mark, get the name of burden”〔0155b08〕·「前前剎那引後後故名為荷者」 tr. “since each preceding moment draws forth each succeeding one, they are called the bearer”〔0155b08〕
the view of a real person—— (this passage in Paramārtha’s text awaits checking)「執我所故於諸蘊中便復發生我我所愛薩迦耶見」 tr. “because one grasps what belongs to self, there arise within the aggregates the craving for self and for what belongs to self and the view of a real person”〔0156c17〕
God-given (a personal name used as an instance)—— (this passage in Paramārtha’s text awaits checking)「謂諸事用待事用者,如天授行必待天授」 tr. “that is, the several activities await one who is active, as God-given’s walking must await God-given”〔0157b08〕·「若假士夫,體非一物,於諸行相續假立此名故」 tr. “if a conventional person, its entity is not one thing, since this name is conventionally established upon a continuum of formations”〔0157b11〕
Caitra (a personal name used as an instance)—— (this passage in Paramārtha’s text awaits checking)「然世間所言制怛羅能憶,此於蘊相續立制怛羅名」 tr. “yet what the world speaks of as ‘Caitra recollects’ is the establishing of the name Caitra with regard to a continuum of aggregates”〔0157a16〕
the quality-category · the substance-category—— (this passage in Paramārtha’s text awaits checking)「以有念等德句義故,德必依止實句義故」 tr. “because there are the quality-categories of recollection and the rest, and a quality must rest upon a substance-category”〔0158b01〕
the poison-gate of discernment—— (the closing stanzas in Paramārtha’s text await checking)The seven-character stanza 「於此方隅已略說,為開智者慧毒門」 tr. “within this corner it has been briefly expounded, in order to open for the wise the poison-gate of discernment”〔0159b13〕

The Sanskrit in Roman letters for technical terms hangs only upon transcriptions attested as transmitted by the ancient masters. For the name 「犢子」 tr. “Calf” in this unit, Yuanhui supplies the phonetic-and-semantic correspondence 「筏蹉此云犢子」 tr. “Vatsa here means Calf”〔T41n1823 0979c19〕, while Puguang explains the source of the school’s name (see item six); for the name 「補特伽羅」 tr. “pudgala” no further glossing term is found in the three commentaries within this unit, and the lack is recorded as it stands, without supplying it from a present-day critical edition.


III. Textual Collation (Taishō Original Notes · Complete Enumeration for This Chapter)

Within the bounds of this unit〔0152b24–0159b14〕there are fifty-eight <app> anchors = forty-eight divergent readings (six merged as duplicates) + four cross-references to other canons + zero without a witness. The divergent readings are enumerated in full item by item in the table below (forty-eight items · including two anchors each carrying two items); the four cross-references to other canons are set out in two separate sections after the table (three CBETA emendations · one collational divergence), marked ⟨CB⟩ and not counted among the divergent readings. The base text follows the Taishō 【大】 reading; where CBETA has emended, the base text follows the 【CB】 reading and the Taishō’s original printing is recorded alongside. The doctrinal choice among divergent readings belongs to doctrinal adjudication; this item only records and does not adjudicate.

Note no.AnchorBase text 【大】/ divergent readingContext (word for word · the base-text reading)Observation (recorded, not adjudicated)
01510040152b27『三』【大】*,『二』【宮】*「由我執力諸煩惱生,三有輪迴無容解脫」 tr. “by the force of the grasping of self the several afflictions arise, and in the transmigration of the three existences there is no room for liberation”Three existences / two existences · both readings work with 「輪迴無容解脫」 tr. “in transmigration there is no room for liberation”
01520070152b28『目』【大】,『因』【宋】【明】「唯召蘊相續,非別目我體」 tr. “it merely hails the continuum of the aggregates and does not separately point to an entity of a self”「別目」 tr. “separately point to” reads naturally; the other editions may be graphically similar
01520080152c05『芽』【大】,『牙』【石】「不闕便有,如種生芽」 tr. “where it is not lacking, it is there, as a seed produces a sprout”Sprout / tooth are graphically similar · the same instance has already appeared in an earlier chapter
01520090152c06『起』【大】,〔-〕【宋】【元】【明】「而諸盲聾不盲聾等識不起起,定知別緣有闕不闕」 tr. “and the consciousness of the blind and deaf and of the not-blind and not-deaf does not arise and does arise, whence it is certainly known that a separate condition is lacking or not lacking”A matter of wording and not of the argument · the base text repeats the character 「起」 tr. “arise” (the first descriptive, the second introducing what follows), and the other editions delete one; both readings work as attestation by inference
01520110152c12『許』【大】*,『計』【明】*「許實許假各有何失」 tr. “allowing it real or allowing it conventional, what fault attends each”「許」 tr. “allow” (the mood of supposition) / 「計」 tr. “reckon” (grasping reckoning) both work in the flow of the question
01520120152c18『有』【大】,『者』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「則補特伽羅應成假有,如乳酪等攬色等成」 tr. “then the pudgala must become conventionally existent, as milk and curds and the rest come to be by taking up form and the rest”A difference in a final particle · it does not alter the conclusion that “taking up the aggregates makes it conventionally existent”
01520130152c23『同』【大】,『因』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「不如是立。所立云何?此如世間依薪立火」 tr. “I do not posit it in that way. Then how is it posited? This is like the world’s establishing fire in dependence on firewood”A difference in a connective particle · it does not alter the unfolding of the simile of fire and firewood
01520140152c26『即』【大】,『既』【石】「若火與薪一,所燒即能燒」 tr. “if fire were the same as firewood, what is burned would be what burns”『即』 / 『既』 · both readings work for “if the same, the acting and the acted-upon are not distinguished”
01530010153a11『住』【大】,『性』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「體異諸蘊,成無常住」 tr. “its entity differing from the aggregates, it becomes impermanent and not abiding”A matter of wording and not of the argument · “impermanent and not abiding” / “of an impermanent nature” · a small difference of glossing term
01530020153a15『非』【大】,『作』【宋】「亦非此火名因薪立,以立火名因煖觸故」 tr. “nor is the name of this fire established in dependence on firewood, since the name fire is established with regard to the warm touch”The Song edition may err by the repetition of the character 「非」 tr. “not” in the surrounding text
01530030153a19『許』【大】,『諸』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「已分明許體與蘊異,理則應許」 tr. “he has plainly admitted that its entity differs from the aggregates, and in principle it ought to be admitted”「應許」 tr. “ought to be admitted” reads naturally; the other editions may be graphically similar
01530040153a22『薪』【大】,〔-〕【石】「若火異薪,薪應不熱」 tr. “if fire differed from firewood, firewood ought not to be hot”The Stone edition drops one character · the surrounding text has already made clear the two entities of firewood and fire
01530050153a25『目』【大】,『因』【明】「以實火名唯目煖觸,餘與煖合皆得熱名」 tr. “since what is properly called fire points only to the warm touch, and whatever else is conjoined with warmth all gets the name hot”Of the same class as 「別目」 tr. “separately point to” at 0152b28 · same sense, different character
01530070153b21『說』【大】,『識』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「乃至身識說諸觸時,因此若能知有乳等」 tr. “and so on down to when body consciousness speaks of touches, if one can thereby know that there is milk and the rest”The other editions may be a redundancy arising from the repetition of the character 「識」 tr. “consciousness” in the preceding text
01530090153c07『情』【大】,『性』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「有情必由分別立故」 tr. “since a sentient being is certainly established by distinction”「有情必由分別立」 tr. “a sentient being is certainly established by distinction” carries on the preceding flow of 「立有色、有補特伽羅」 tr. “there is form posited, and there is a pudgala”
01530100153c19『故』【大】,『由』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「以契經中定判識起由二緣故」 tr. “because the sūtra determinately adjudges that the arising of consciousness is from two conditions”A difference in a final particle · it does not alter the scriptural proof that consciousness arises from two conditions
01540010154a01『准』【大】,『唯』【宮】「餘識所識,為難准此」 tr. “for what the remaining consciousnesses cognize, the objection is to be pressed on this pattern”『准』 / 『唯』 · the Palace edition may err by contamination from another sentence
01540020154a29『悅』【大】,『說』【明】「或謂有情不悅意生儒童、養者、命者」 tr. “or is called a sentient being, one born unpleasing, a youth, a nourisher, a life-principle”「不悅意生」 tr. “one born unpleasing” is a fixed formula of the Sūtra on the Person
01540030154b13『婆』【大】,『娑』【宋】【元】【宮】,〔-〕【明】「頻毘婆羅契經亦說」 tr. “the Sūtra to Bimbisāra likewise says”A difference in the characters used to transcribe the same name, Pinpi-po-luo / Pinpi-suo-luo
01540040154b18『墮』【大】,『隨』【石】The quoted stanza 「汝墮惡見趣,於空行聚中」 tr. “you have fallen upon the course of evil view, within a heap of empty formations”『墮』 / 『隨』 are graphically similar · 「墮惡見趣」 tr. “falling upon the course of evil view” is the original sense
01540050154c11『誹』【大】*,『非』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*「而敢於中輒興誹撥」 tr. “and yet he dares to raise a slander against them at will”「誹撥」 tr. “slander and deny” is the original sense
01540060154c21『有』【大】,『者』【宋】【元】「一切沙門婆羅門等諸有執我等隨觀見」 tr. “whatever contemplations attendant upon the grasping of a self there are among all ascetics and brahmins”「諸有」 tr. “whatever there are” is a fixed formula
01550020155c16『記』【大】,『說』【宮】「如不可記龜毛䩕軟」 tr. “as the hardness or softness of a tortoise’s hair cannot be declared”『記』 / 『說』 · it does not alter the simile of the tortoise’s hair
01550030155c16『䩕』【大】,『硬』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】The same sentence「䩕」 tr. “hard” — a rare graph of the same sense as the current character for “hard” · the other editions simply use the current character
01550040155c26『酢』【大】*,『醋』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*「寧可答言果味甘酢」 tr. “how can it be answered that the taste of the fruit is sweet or sour”『酢』 / 『醋』 are older and later forms · same sense, different character
01560010156a12『曰』【大】,『言』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「依如是義,故有頌曰」 tr. “in accordance with this sense, therefore, there is a stanza that says”A divergence in the formula for citing a stanza
01560030156b25『諦』【大】,『論』【宮】「以契經言諦故住故,定執無我者墮惡見處故」 tr. “because the sūtra says ‘because it is true, because it abides,’ and because whoever determinately grasps at no-self falls into the place of evil views”「言諦」 tr. “speaks the truth” / 「言論」 tr. “speaks in discourse” · it does not alter that scriptural proof
01560040156c02『為』【大】,『為可』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「若定無有補特伽羅,為說阿誰流轉生死」 tr. “if there is definitely no pudgala, who then is said to transmigrate through birth and death”The addition or omission of a particle within the sentence · it does not alter the interrogative mood
01560050156c07『原』【大】,『源』【宮】「如燎原火雖剎那滅,而由相續說有流轉」 tr. “as a fire over a plain, though it ceases moment by moment, is said by reason of its continuum to have transmigration”『原』 / 『源』 are older and later forms used interchangeably
01570010157a02『德』【大】,『能』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「不為依止差別愁憂散亂等緣損壞功德心差別起」 tr. “arising from a difference of mind whose merit is not marred by such conditions as a difference of support, sorrow, or distraction”Merit / capacity · a small difference of glossing term · both readings work
01570020157a21『所』【大】*,〔-〕【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*「欲於何所驅役於念,而勤方便尋求念主」 tr. “where do you propose to employ recollection, that you take such pains to seek an owner of recollection”The other editions omit one particle · it does not alter the interrogative mood
01570030157a23『謂』【大】,『為』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「役念為何?謂令念起」 tr. “to what end is recollection employed? Namely to make recollection arise”A divergence in the modal particle at the head of the clause
01570040157a26『念』【大】,『令』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「為令念起、為令念行?念無行故,但應念起」 tr. “is it to make recollection arise, or to make recollection move? Since recollection has no movement, it can only be to make recollection arise”A matter of wording and not of the argument · 「念無行」 tr. “recollection has no movement” is the core wording of this passage · the other reading shifts the flow slightly while the sequel still works
01570050157b18『天』【大】,『王』【明】「如是天授身能為識因故,世間亦謂天授能了」 tr. “thus, since the body of God-given can be a cause of consciousness, the world also says that God-given can cognize”God-given is a common personal name used as an instance · the Ming edition may be graphically similar
01570060157b21『以』【大】,『似』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「都無所作,但以境生」 tr. “it does nothing at all, but arises merely by way of the object”Answering to 「似因起」 tr. “arises resembling the cause” and 「似境」 tr. “resembles the object” below · the other editions may be regularizing the character
01570070157c04『從』【大】,『後』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「若後識生,從識非我。何緣從識」 tr. “if a later consciousness arises, it is from consciousness and not from a self. On what ground is it from consciousness”A divergence in the connective at the head of the clause
01570080157c11『性』【大】,『姓』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「亦有少分行相等心方能相生,種性別故」 tr. “there must also be minds concordant in a portion of their mode of apprehension for them to produce one another, because their classes differ”『種性』 / 『種姓』 are older and later forms used interchangeably
01570090157c15『性』【大】,『姓』【宮】「異此無功能,由種性別故」 tr. “apart from these it has no capacity, because the classes differ”The same as the item above
01580010158a07『覺』【大】,『學』【大】,『覺』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「若待別覺,為難亦同。謂覺因何得有差別」 tr. “if it awaits a further cognition, the objection is the same: namely, on what ground does that cognition have differences”The collation note is in this form in the original · recorded as it stands — one row gives two 【大】 readings (『覺』 / 『學』), which is a coexistence within the Taishō edition itself and no alteration of this item; 『覺』 and 『學』 are graphically similar, and 「別覺」 tr. “a further cognition” is the original sense
01580020158a14『壁』【大】*,『璧』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】*「我為能持如壁如器」 tr. “the self is the upholder, like a wall or a vessel”『壁』 / 『璧』 are graphically similar · 「如壁如器」 tr. “like a wall or a vessel” is the simile of a wall and a utensil, not of a jade disc
01580030158a18『深』【大】,『染』【宋】【元】【宮】「證成無我,故我於此深生喜慰」 tr. “it establishes no-self, and so I here am deeply gladdened and consoled”「深生」 tr. “deeply arise” reads naturally; the other editions may be graphically similar
01580040158a29『令』【大】,『念』【宋】【元】【明】「行力令心差別生故」 tr. “because the force of the formations makes the differences of mind arise”『令』 / 『念』 · a difference in a particle within the sentence
01580060158b21『辨』【大】,『辯』【明】「乃至辨因為果所屬」 tr. “down to distinguishing the cause as that to which the result belongs”A systematic difference in the use of the two graphs 『辯』 and 『辨』 (the base text customarily uses 『辯』 and the three commentaries the reverse) · not a divergence peculiar to this sentence
01580070158b22『熏』【大】,『重』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「謂無始來我執熏習,緣自相續有垢染心」 tr. “namely the perfuming of the grasping of self from beginningless time, together with a defiled mind that takes its own continuum as its object”「我執熏習」 tr. “the perfuming of the grasping of self” is a fixed technical term · 「重習」 tr. “repeated practice” is graphically similar
01580080158c18『愛』【大】,『受』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「彼非愛等所依止故,唯內六處是彼所依」 tr. “because those are not what craving and the rest rest upon; only the six inner sense fields are their support”A matter of wording and not of the argument · craving and the rest / feeling and the rest · both readings work with “the six inner sense fields are the support of pleasure and pain”
01580090158c27『從』【大】,『所』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】「若爾,從何?從種相續轉變差別果方得生」 tr. “if so, from what? The fruit is able to arise from the seed’s continuum, transformation, and differentiation”A difference in a particle at the head of the clause
01590010159b12『日』【大】,『曰』【宋】【元】【宮】The seven-character stanza 「諸佛日言光所照」 tr. “where the light of the Buddhas’ sunlike word shines”「佛日」 tr. “the Buddha-sun” takes the figurative sense · 「佛曰」 tr. “the Buddha says” is graphically similar
01590020159b12『殊』【大】,『昧』【宋】【元】【明】【宮】The same stanza, 「雖開殊眼不能覩」 tr. “though eyes of distinction be opened they cannot see”A matter of wording and not of the argument · eyes of distinction (surpassing eyes) / dulled eyes (foolish eyes) run in opposite directions of sense, and yet both work with the stanza’s sense that “though the eyes be opened one cannot see” · recorded, not adjudicated

Three CBETA emendations (with the Taishō’s original printing recorded alongside · marked ⟨CB⟩ · not counted among the divergent readings):

Note no.AnchorBase text 【CB】/ Taishō’s original printingContext
0156b0101 ⟨CB⟩0156b01『記』【CB】【麗-CB】K27n0955_p0674b14,『說』【大】The passage analyzing that all four declarations are unreasonable
0158005 ⟨CB⟩0158b19『果』【CB】【宋】【元】【明】【宮】K27n0955_p0677c02,『起』【大】The head of the passage resolving objections in the refutation of the Vaiśeṣika
0158c2601 ⟨CB⟩0158c26『從』【CB】,『隨』【大】,『従』【麗-CB】K28n0958_p0678a20The series of the simile of seed and fruit, 「從種相續轉變差別」 tr. “from the seed’s continuum, transformation, and differentiation”

One collational divergence (divergence among the canons · no Taishō emendation · not counted among the divergent readings):

Note no.AnchorThe collation note word for wordContext
0159b06010159b06『言』【磧-CB】Q25_p0783a0,『曰』【麗-CB】K28n0958_p0678c17「依如是義故,有頌言」 tr. “in accordance with this sense, therefore, there is a stanza that says” (the base text reads 「言」 tr. “says”) · the canons diverge in the character used in the formula for citing a stanza

Concluding remark on the collation: Of the forty-eight items, most belong to the classes of graphically similar miswriting, addition or omission of particles, and the interchange of older and later forms of a character; seven bear somewhat more weight of sense — 0152c06 · 0153a11 · 0157a26 · 0158c18 · the two at 0159b12, and the 「䩕/硬」 tr. “the rare and the current graph for ‘hard’” at 0155c16 — yet none of them alters the conclusion of the chain of argument to which the sentence belongs. 0158b21 (『辨』 / 『辯』) belongs to a book-wide difference in the system of character use. Not one item rises to a case for emending the base text. The divergent readings are recorded alongside for reference, recorded and not adjudicated.


IV. Comparison with Paramārtha’s Earlier Translation (Expository Treatise on the Treasury of Abhidharma T29n1559 ★)

There is a full counterpart: the last fascicle of Paramārtha’s text has 「破說我品第九tr.Chapter Nine, Refutation of the Self That Is Spoken Of”〔T29n1559 0304a17〕, whose domain is〔0304a17〕–〔0310c09〕. Paramārtha’s Expository Treatise on the Treasury likewise stops at Chapter Nine in the whole book (there is no Chapter Ten), as does Xuanzang’s text — Chapter Nine is the last chapter common to both translations. The chapter names differ: Xuanzang’s 「破執我品」 tr. “Chapter Refuting the Grasped Self” / Paramārtha’s 「破說我品」 tr. “Chapter Refuting the Self That Is Spoken Of,” the glossing characters both conveying the sense of refuting the grasping of a self, and the division being entirely the same (a single chapter · not divided into 「之N」 tr. “part N”).

A divergence in the assignment of the chapter boundary (recorded without adjudication · one of the most important items here): the ten stanzas at the end of the Chapter on Absorption (from 「大師世間眼已閉,又證教人稍滅散」 tr. “the great teacher, the eye of the world, has closed, and those who realize and teach are gradually scattered and gone” down to 「是惑力盛時,求脫勿放逸」 tr. “when the force of these delusions is at its height, seek deliverance and be not heedless”) are attached by Xuanzang to the end of the Chapter on Absorption〔in this treatise〔0152b22〕「是諸煩惱力增時,應求解脫勿放逸」 tr. “when the force of these afflictions increases, one should seek liberation and not be heedless” is its last line, standing before the chapter boundary〔0152b23〕〕, whereas Paramārtha uses them to open the Chapter Refuting the Self That Is Spoken Of〔T29n1559 0304a18〕. One and the same set of stanzas is attached by one edition to the tail of the preceding chapter and by the other to the head of this one — a matter purely of the assignment of a chapter boundary, with no doctrinal difference. This corpus has already adjudged in Chapter Eight that it follows the three commentaries (attaching them to the end of the Chapter on Absorption); this item records the divergence alongside, recorded and not adjudicated.

Systematic divergences of rendered names:

  • The school’s name — Xuanzang’s 「犢子部」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīya school” (rendered by sense) / Paramārtha’s 「跋私弗多羅部tr.the Bosifuduoluo school” (transcription); in the later passage citing the Sūtra to Vatsa, Paramārtha’s text gives 「筏蹉tr.Vatsa” instead. ⇒ The divergent names of one school are not uniform even within Paramārtha’s own text, and this is recorded without adjudication. Yuanhui’s phonetic-and-semantic correspondence 「筏蹉此云犢子」 tr. “Vatsa here means Calf”〔T41n1823 0979c19〕 serves precisely as collateral attestation that the two names refer to the same thing.
  • The name of person and dharma — Xuanzang’s 「補特伽羅」 tr. “pudgala” (transcription) / Paramārtha renders it straightforwardly as 「tr.person” (by sense · consistently throughout). ⇒ To search Paramārtha’s text with Xuanzang’s words is bound to yield a false zero, and matching passage to passage must in every case be done by the structure of the scene (who, to whom, asking what, on what principle, obtaining what answer).

Items of comparison (one by one):

  1. The adjudication of real and conventional existence — Xuanzang’s 「別有事物是實有相,如色聲等。但有聚集是假有相,如乳酪等」 tr. “for there to be a further separate thing is the mark of real existence, as with form and sound; for there to be merely an aggregation is the mark of conventional existence, as with milk and curds”〔0152c11〕‖ Paramārtha’s 「實有相云何?假有相云何?若如色等別有,名實有物。若如乳等但聚集有,名假名有」 tr. “what is the mark of real existence? what is the mark of conventional existence? If it is separately existent like form and the rest, it is called a really existent thing; if it exists only as an aggregation like milk and the rest, it is called conventionally named existence”〔T29n1559 0304b10〕. ⇒ The scene agrees entirely (form and the rest for the simile of real existence · milk and curds for the simile of conventional existence), save that Paramārtha’s text sets out two questions side by side while Xuanzang’s has one question and two answers.
  2. The simile of fire in dependence on firewood (the densest argument from simile in the whole treatise) — Xuanzang’s 「此如世間依薪立火,如何立火可說依薪?謂非離薪可立有火,而薪與火非異非一。若火異薪,薪應不熱。若火與薪一,所燒即能燒」 tr. “this is like the world’s establishing fire in dependence on firewood. How can establishing fire be said to be in dependence on firewood? Namely, fire cannot be established apart from firewood, and yet firewood and fire are neither different nor the same. If fire differed from firewood, firewood ought not to be hot. If fire were the same as firewood, what is burned would be what burns”〔0152c23〕‖ Paramārtha’s 「如約薪執說火,約陰執說人亦爾。云何約薪執說火?若離薪火不可執說,不可立火與薪有異、與薪無異。若火異薪,薪應不熱。若火不異薪,所燒應即是能燒」 tr. “as fire is spoken of with regard to firewood, so is the person spoken of with regard to the aggregates. How is fire spoken of with regard to firewood? If apart from firewood fire cannot be spoken of, it cannot be posited that fire differs from firewood or does not differ from firewood. If fire differed from firewood, firewood ought not to be hot. If fire did not differ from firewood, what is burned would be just what burns”〔T29n1559 0304b23〕. ⇒ The scene agrees entirely sentence by sentence: the thing likened (firewood and fire) · the thing it is likened to (the person and the self) · and the form of the two horns (different, then not hot · the same, then the acting and the acted-upon not distinguished) are alike in both texts.
  3. Omniscience is not knowing all at once — Xuanzang quotes the stanza 「由相續有能,如火食一切,如是一切智,非由頓遍知」 tr. “because the continuum has the capacity, as fire devours everything, so is omniscience, and not by knowing all at once”〔0155a10〕‖ Paramārtha’s 「由相續有能,稱火食一切;說遍知亦然,不由俱悉解」 tr. “because the continuum has the capacity, it is called fire devouring everything; thorough knowing is said to be so too, and not by understanding all together”〔T29n1559 0306b22〕. ⇒ The sense of the stanza agrees entirely while the system of rendering differs (Xuanzang’s 「一切智」 tr. “omniscience” / Paramārtha’s 「遍知」 tr. “thorough knowing” · Xuanzang’s 「頓」 tr. “at once” / Paramārtha’s 「俱悉」 tr. “all together”).
  4. The stanza of the Buddhas of the three times — Xuanzang’s 「若過去諸佛,若未來諸佛,若現在諸佛,皆滅眾生憂」 tr. “whether the Buddhas past, or the Buddhas future, or the Buddhas present, all extinguish the sorrows of beings”〔0155a15〕‖ Paramārtha’s 「如偈曰:是過去諸佛,是未來諸佛,是現在世佛,能除眾生憂」 tr. “as the stanza says: these Buddhas past, these Buddhas future, these Buddhas of the present world are able to remove the sorrows of beings”〔T29n1559 0306b24〕. ⇒ The four lines match line for line · the sense agrees entirely.
  5. The stanza in which the bhikṣuṇī Śailā answers Māra — Xuanzang〔0154b18〕. The corresponding passage in Paramārtha’s text likewise has Śailā speaking a stanza to Māra, its stanza taking evil view · an empty village · the conventional establishing of a sentient being · and the taking of the several parts to establish a chariot for its similes. ⇒ The structure of the scene (the bhikṣuṇī Śailā · addressing Māra · the simile of the chariot) agrees entirely in both texts; the word-for-word collation of the stanza has not been completed and is honestly recorded as still to be supplied, and is not filled in with Xuanzang’s words.
  6. The exchange of Nāgasena and King Pilinda — Xuanzang〔0155c17〕「昔有大德名曰龍軍,三明六通具八解脫」 tr. “long ago there was a Venerable named Nāgasena, possessed of the three knowledges, the six supernormal knowledges, and the eight liberations” down to〔0155c29〕「命者亦無,如何可言與身一異」 tr. “the life-principle likewise does not exist; how then can it be said to be the same as or different from the body”. The corresponding passage in Paramārtha’s text likewise has an exchange between a king and a Venerable (asking whether the life-principle is the same as or different from the body · the Venerable challenging in return with the simile that where there is no mango tree in the palace the taste of the fruit cannot be answered for). ⇒ The scene agrees entirely; save that in this passage of Paramārtha’s text the two rendered names 「龍軍」 tr. “Nāgasena” and 「畢隣陀」 tr. “Pilinda” are not found expressly set out word for word, and the lack is recorded as it stands — the scene is certainly there, and the detail of the names awaits re-verification (not having found it ≠ its not being in that text).
  7. The simile of the peacock’s tail — Xuanzang’s 「於一孔雀輪,一切種因相,非餘智境界,唯一切智知」 tr. “upon a single peacock’s tail-wheel, the marks of all the kinds of cause therein are not the object-field of any other cognition; only the omniscient one knows them”〔0157c23〕. The corresponding place in the last fascicle of Paramārtha’s text likewise has a passage arguing that “only the Buddha can penetrate omniscience,” and the word-for-word collation of the stanza is still to be supplied.
  8. The closing passage on action and fruit and the closing stanzas — Xuanzang’s closing passage〔0159a12〕–〔0159b14〕. The last fascicle of Paramārtha’s text likewise takes the continuum, transformation, and differentiation of action as the doctrine of its closing passage, and both translations take this chapter as the last chapter and close in the same place; the word-for-word comparison of the last four stanzas is still to be supplied.

Correspondence of rendered names (within the bounds of this unit · as found word for word): Chapter Refuting the Grasped Self / Chapter Refuting the Self That Is Spoken Of · pudgala / person · the Vātsīputrīya school / the Bosifuduoluo school (Vatsa) · omniscience / thorough knowing · “the stanza says, the treatise says” / “the verse says, the explanation says.”

An honest record: Of the eight items here, items five · six · seven · eight are expressly marked “still to be supplied,” being cases of a collation not yet carried out and not of zero occurrence, and the two are of different character; both are recorded honestly. No adjudication of merit is made between the two translations.


V. Debate within the Abhidharma Lineage (Saṅghabhadra’s Treatise Conforming to Correct Principle T1562 · Treatise Revealing the Doctrine T1563)

The axis of debate for this chapter is a structural total absence — not “not found,” but that the chapter item itself is not set up in the two treatises.

  • T1562, the Abhidharma Treatise Conforming to Correct Principle, has eighty fascicles and only eight chapters (analyzing the basic matter · analyzing the differences · analyzing dependent origination · analyzing action · analyzing the latent tendencies · analyzing the worthy and the noble · analyzing knowledge · analyzing absorption), its chapter list stopping at the chapter analyzing absorption, and the whole book has no separate chapter corresponding to the Chapter on Refuting the Grasped Self. The string of the twelve opening lines of this chapter’s nine blocks of stanza has zero occurrences throughout that treatise; the two terms 「破執我」 tr. “refuting the grasped self” and 「破我品」 tr. “chapter on refuting the self” likewise have zero occurrences (the phrase 「破我宗」 tr. “refuting the tenet of a self” occurs three times scattered through the book, all of them formulaic references to another school’s position, not a chapter name, nor a passage of that treatise corresponding to this chapter’s debate, and they may not be made to stand in).
  • T1563, the Abhidharma Treatise Revealing the Doctrine, has in the whole book only nine chapters (the preface chapter · analyzing the basic matter · analyzing the differences · analyzing dependent origination · analyzing action · analyzing the latent tendencies · analyzing the worthy and the noble · analyzing knowledge · analyzing absorption), stopping at 「辯定品第九」 tr. “Chapter Nine, Analyzing Absorption,” and likewise having no counterpart to the Chapter on Refuting the Grasped Self. The reason for the shift in T1563’s chapter numbers: that treatise sets up a preface chapter at its head, which T1562 does not, and so its chapter numbers are all one place later than the base text’s and the Treatise Conforming to Correct Principle’s — T1563’s 「第九」 tr. “ninth” is the chapter on absorption, and in citing its chapter titles the chapter name must be checked first (for this reason this corpus already cites 「辯賢聖品第七」 tr. “Chapter Seven, Analyzing the Worthy and the Noble” in Chapter Six).
  • Different from the lack in other chapters: the case in Chapter Six is that “the chapter item exists and the content is wholly lacking,” whereas in this chapter it is that the chapter item itself does not exist, which is graver, and so the wording too should differ. ⇒ This item marks the lack as it stands: this chapter has no sentence of 「經主」 tr. “the Sūtra-master” to excerpt, not through any failure of search method, but because the structure of Saṅghabhadra’s two treatises has no such chapter at all; the text of other chapters is not made to stand in for it.
  • One thing worth noting (recorded, not adjudicated): Saṅghabhadra’s two treatises were both composed to explain the Kośa’s root stanzas (「頌同釋異」 tr. “sharing the stanzas and differing in explanation”), and this chapter having no root stanzas, the two treatises had no stanzas to hang an explanation upon — this lack and the singular case of this chapter’s “having no root stanzas” are two faces of one thing, and they are recorded together here; their doctrinal adjudication belongs to doctrinal matters.

VI. Divergent Interpretations of the Commentators (Puguang’s Record · Fabao’s Commentary · Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary · Shentai’s Commentary)

The lack in Shentai’s commentary (a negative proposition already attested · the lack marked as it stands): Shentai’s Commentary on the Abhidharmakośa X53n0836 is a fragmentary text whose chapter list ends at 「分別賢聖品第六之三」 tr. “Chapter Six, Analysis of the Worthy and the Noble, part three,” and the Chapter on Refuting the Grasped Self is wholly lacking. A mechanical fault-tolerant check: 「破我品」 tr. “chapter on refuting the self”, 「破執我」 tr. “refuting the grasped self”, 「犢子部」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīyas”, 「補特伽羅」 tr. “pudgala”, 「世羅」 tr. “Śailā”, 「龍軍」 tr. “Nāgasena”, 「畢隣陀」 tr. “Pilinda”, and 「孔雀輪」 tr. “the peacock’s tail-wheel” all have zero occurrences in that book. What must further be recorded: for other chapters a lack can still be attested by a stanza count in the general conspectus of his Fascicle One (as with 「賢聖品八十三行」 tr. “the chapter on the worthy and the noble, eighty-three lines”), whereas for this chapter not even the attestation of the conspectus exists — that conspectus stops at thirty-nine lines for the chapter on absorption, because this chapter has no root stanzas. ⇒ Shentai’s commentary is wholly lacking for this chapter · not one word can be attached to it, and the text of other chapters is not made to stand in for it.

The coverage of Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary (the foremost witness for this chapter · obtained by counter-attestation): Yuanhui’s usual practice is 「唯釋頌」 tr. “to explain the stanzas only,” and this chapter having no root stanzas, it might seem that his commentary should be lacking here; actual inspection shows otherwise — his chapter on refuting the self〔T41n1823 0978a09〕down to the end of the fascicle〔0981c07〕explains the text continuously passage by passage, changing to the form of “a passage-by-passage outline + citation of the treatise’s own sentences + prose explanation introduced by ‘the explanation says,’” so that the form changes and the coverage does not; and the fineness with which he marks the speaker sentence by sentence surpasses both Puguang and Fabao. The hard constraint on this chapter’s stanza count (seventeen lines plus three lines) likewise comes from Yuanhui alone. ⇒ The witness value of Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary for this chapter is the highest of the three commentaries, exactly the reverse of the normal case elsewhere.

(1) The Gloss on the Chapter Name and the Chapter-Level Main Outline

  • Puguang’s gloss〔T41n1821 0438c16〕: 「破執我品者,我體實無,諸有橫執,此品廣破執我。所以次明破我品者,此論一部,釋佛契經三法印中諸法無我。前八品明諸法事,後一品明無我理」 tr. “as for the chapter refuting the grasped self, the entity of the self really does not exist and beings grasp it perversely, and this chapter refutes the grasping of a self at length. The reason the chapter on refuting the self is explained next is that this treatise as a whole explains ‘all dharmas are without self’ among the three seals of the dharma in the Buddha’s sūtras. The preceding eight chapters clarify the facts of dharmas, and the last chapter clarifies the principle of no-self” ⇒ Puguang sets this chapter’s position within the structure of the whole treatise: the eight chapters clarify 「諸法有」 tr. “dharmas exist,” and this chapter alone clarifies that “the person is without self,” the whole treatise gathering itself up here.
  • Puguang’s main outline〔T41n1821 0439b11〕: 「然犢子部執至不一不異者,此下第二別破。就別中,一破犢子部、二破數論師、三破勝論師。此下第一破犢子部。就中,一敘宗、二正破、三通難。」 tr. “‘yet the Vātsīputrīyas grasp’ down to ‘neither the same nor different’: below is the second, the several refutations. Within the several, first refuting the Vātsīputrīyas, second refuting the Sāṃkhya masters, third refuting the Vaiśeṣika masters. Below is the first, refuting the Vātsīputrīyas. Within it, first stating the tenet, second properly refuting, third resolving objections.” ⇒ The three refutations stand as a tripod, and each of them uses the same pattern of “stating the tenet → properly refuting → resolving objections” — at the refutation of the Sāṃkhya masters he gives 「文第二破數論師」 tr. “the text’s second, refuting the Sāṃkhya masters”〔T41n1821 0448a25〕and at the refutation of the Vaiśeṣika masters 「文第三破勝論師」 tr. “the text’s third, refuting the Vaiśeṣika masters”〔T41n1821 0449a27〕, the pattern recurring three times, so that the outline of the whole chapter presents a neat threefold symmetry.
  • Fabao’s main outline〔T41n1822 0803c20〕: 「論『然犢子部至不一不異』,大文第二破異部……諸部之中唯犢子部執有實我」 tr. “the treatise’s ‘yet the Vātsīputrīyas’ down to ‘neither the same nor different’: the second of the main text, refuting the divergent school… among the several schools only the Vātsīputrīyas grasp that there is a real self” — agreeing entirely with Puguang’s threefold structure, while Fabao supplies one further sense: the Vātsīputrīyas are one of the eighteen schools of Buddhism, differing from the non-Buddhist Sāṃkhya and Vaiśeṣika, and so he says expressly 「唯犢子部執有實我」 tr. “only the Vātsīputrīyas grasp that there is a real self” and refutes them first, which is not found in Puguang.
  • One sentence of Fabao’s recorded as it stands〔T41n1822 0803b22〕: 「准諸經例,問非序分不可分三tr.judging by the pattern of the sūtras, a question is not a preface section and cannot be divided into three” — Fabao says expressly that this chapter is not outlined by the threefold division of preface, main doctrine, and handing on. Recorded, not adjudicated.
  • The head of Yuanhui’s chapter〔T41n1823 0978a09〕: 「破我品……犢子部者,十八部中之一部也。佛在世時,有一外道,厥名犢子,今此部執同斯外道,故以標名。此品破中,先破犢子,次破……」 tr. “the chapter on refuting the self… as for the Vātsīputrīyas, they are one school among the eighteen schools. In the Buddha’s lifetime there was a non-Buddhist named Vatsa, and this school’s grasping being the same as that non-Buddhist’s, it is labeled accordingly. Within this chapter’s refutation, first the Vātsīputrīyas are refuted, next…”; at the head of his fascicle there is besides the summarizing phrase 「夫雲披月現,執亡空明」 tr. “when the clouds part the moon appears; when grasping is gone emptiness is bright”〔T41n1823 0978a10〕. Yuanhui states his own form as 「今唯釋頌,不可具陳,略舉綱宗,以為發起」 tr. “here I explain only the stanzas and cannot set out everything, but briefly raise the guiding tenet by way of introduction.”
  • Yuanhui’s twofold and sixfold divisions〔T41n1823 0978b28〕: 「從此論主引頌證破,於中有二:一正破、二流通。初有十七行頌是正破,後有三行是流通」 tr. “from here the author cites stanzas to attest his refutation, and within this there are two: first the proper refutation, second the handing on. The first seventeen lines of stanza are the proper refutation, and the three lines after are the handing on”; the six divisions of the proper refutation = properly displaying true emptiness (six lines) · clarifying the Buddha’s thorough knowing (two lines) · setting aside an answer for the benefit of beings (six lines) · the mark of the cause being unfathomable (one line) · the priority and posteriority of the fruit’s arising (one line) · the difficulty of knowing the retribution of action (one line), the character counts of the six divisions totaling three hundred forty, closing word for word with the seventeen lines.

(2) The Source of the Vātsīputrīyas’ Name and the Order of 「先破」 tr. “Refuting Them First”

  • Puguang〔T41n1821 0439b14〕: 「言犢子部者,十八部中之一稱也。佛在世時有犢子外道……弟子不應執我,而橫計我,故先破也。」 tr. “as for the Vātsīputrīyas, this is one of the names among the eighteen schools. In the Buddha’s lifetime there was a non-Buddhist named Calf… disciples ought not to grasp a self, and yet they perversely reckon a self, and so they are refuted first.” ⇒ Puguang explains the source of the school’s name (carried over from the non-Buddhist Vatsa) and accounts for why the Vātsīputrīyas are refuted first — being disciples of the Buddha who yet perversely reckon a self, their fault is the more conspicuous.
  • Yuanhui explains the source of the school’s name in the same way (「佛在世時,有一外道,厥名犢子,今此部執同斯外道,故以標名」 tr. “in the Buddha’s lifetime there was a non-Buddhist named Vatsa, and this school’s grasping being the same as that non-Buddhist’s, it is labeled accordingly”), and further supplies below the phonetic-and-semantic correspondence 「筏蹉此云犢子」 tr. “Vatsa here means Calf”〔T41n1823 0979c19〕, which is the only phonetic-and-semantic note among the three commentaries.

(3) The Attribution of Speakers (Where the Difference in Detail among the Three Commentaries Is Most Conspicuous)

  • Puguang marks the tenet sentence by sentence in the Vātsīputrīya passage —〔T41n1821 0439b28〕marks 「犢子部問」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīyas ask” ·〔T41n1821 0439c18〕marks 「先述犢子部宗」 tr. “first stating the tenet of the Vātsīputrīyas” (making clear that this is the Vātsīputrīyas’ own statement and not Vasubandhu speaking for them).
  • Fabao likewise marks two places —〔T41n1822 0805c03〕「犢子部引經難也」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīyas cite a sūtra to object” (attached to the citation of the sūtra on the separate object-fields of the five faculties) ·〔T41n1822 0806a14〕「犢子部總非前所引經非聖言量也」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīyas altogether deny that the sūtras cited above are the valid word of the noble ones” (attached to the sentence 「此皆非量。所以者何?於我部中曾不誦故」 tr. “these are all no valid means. Why so? Because in my school they have never been recited”).
  • Yuanhui is the finest · marking the questions sentence by sentence —〔T41n1823 0979b04〕「從此第二,引證。犢子部問:如何得知,約相續說……」 tr. “from here the second, citing proof. The Vātsīputrīyas ask: how is it known that it is said with regard to the continuum…” ·〔T41n1823 0979b21〕「從此第三,置答益物分,先難後答。犢子部難:若補特伽羅即諸蘊者,世尊何不說命者即……」 tr. “from here the third, the section on setting aside an answer for the benefit of beings, objection first and answer after. The Vātsīputrīyas object: if the pudgala just is the aggregates, why did the World-Honored One not say that the life-principle is…” ·〔T41n1823 0979c11〕after the passage 「命者亦無,如何可言與身一異」 tr. “the life-principle likewise does not exist; how then can it be said to be the same as or different from the body” he marks in continuation 「又犢子問」 tr. “again the Vātsīputrīyas ask”. ⇒ Yuanhui is the only one of the three commentaries to mark 「犢子部問/犢子部難」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīyas ask / the Vātsīputrīyas object” sentence by sentence, and the attribution of speakers in this unit’s vernacular layer and exposition layer takes just these markings of the three commentaries as its standard.
  • Two honest records: ① Puguang〔T41n1821 0439b28〕marks the question 「實有假有相別云何」 tr. “what is the difference of the marks of real existence and conventional existence” as 「犢子部問」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīyas ask,” whereas by the flow of this treatise’s prose the question can equally be read as the author challenging the Vātsīputrīyas, the two readings running in exactly opposite directions as to who asks and who answers — this item records both readings as they stand, without forcing a change upon Puguang, the choice belonging to doctrinal adjudication. ② For the author’s refutation after the simile of fire in dependence on firewood, and for the questioner in the passage on the four declarations about permanence and the rest, no express marking is found in any of the three commentaries, and 「無標」 tr. “no marking” is recorded as it stands, the attribution being made by the tone of the surrounding text, without setting up markings on the commentators’ behalf.

(4) The Passage of Nāgasena and King Pilinda (The Second Most Conspicuous Difference in Detail among the Three Commentaries)

  • Puguang and Fabao both have zero occurrences of the two names 「龍軍」 tr. “Nāgasena” and 「畢隣陀」 tr. “Pilinda” in this passage — this is not a failure to explain, but the habit of the two in narrative interludes, which is not to single out personal names but to carry the explanation straight on from the surrounding text. “Zero occurrence” does not assert 「無釋」 tr. “no explanation.”
  • Yuanhui marks it alone〔T41n1823 0979b28〕「大德名曰龍軍」 tr. “a Venerable named Nāgasena” and below, retelling sentence by sentence the gist of this treatise’s exchange here (the king asks for a straight answer · the Venerable accepts the request · the question whether the life-principle is the same as or different from the body · the Venerable asking in return about the taste of the mango fruit in the palace · the king saying that there is no such tree in the palace · the Venerable instructing him that the life-principle likewise does not exist). ⇒ Of the three commentaries only Yuanhui expressly gives the name from the story and retells the exchange, and his teaching value is at its highest in this passage.

(5) Kumāralāta’s Stanza (The Adjudication of Block 5’s Provenance · One of the Most Important Items Here)

  • Puguang〔T41n1821 0445b20〕expressly attributes it with 「經部中鳩摩邏多有是頌言」 tr. “Kumāralāta among the Sautrāntikas has this stanza”; Yuanhui〔T41n1823 0979c29〕likewise gives 「一經部師中鳩摩邏多頌、第二論主頌」 tr. “first, the stanza of Kumāralāta of the Sautrāntika masters; second, the author’s stanza.” ⇒ The one stanza of the tigress carrying her cub at〔0156a13〕, though headed in the preceding text with 「故有頌曰」 tr. “hence there is a stanza that says,” is not composed by the author but is the stanza of the Sautrāntika master Kumāralāta; and the block that follows at〔0156a17〕with 「復說頌曰」 tr. “he spoke a further stanza, saying” is the author’s own composition. The two commentaries adjudge alike word for word, and this item attaches the attribution accordingly (see the correspondence table at item one).

(6) This Chapter’s Position within the Whole Treatise (Two Readings Recorded Together · Not Adjudicated)

Puguang has two readings of this chapter’s position: the first follows the usual course, this chapter being the last of the treatise’s nine chapters and having its own proper sense as main doctrine; the second holds that this chapter belongs wholly to the handing on — that it arises as a question upon the momentum of the exhortation and handing on at the end of the Chapter on Absorption, with the sense of refuting the self remaining to be clarified. ⇒ Both readings are recorded together, and this item does not adjudge which is right; the choice belongs to doctrinal adjudication. Fabao has another standard here — 「准諸經例,問非序分不可分三」 tr. “judging by the pattern of the sūtras, a question is not a preface section and cannot be divided into three” (see above), saying expressly that this chapter should not be forced into the pattern of the threefold division of preface, main doctrine, and handing on.

(7) A Conspectus of the Detail of the Three Commentaries (Recorded without Adjudication)

TopicPuguang’s RecordFabao’s CommentaryYuanhui’s Verse CommentaryWhere they diverge
Gloss on the chapter nameFrames the whole treatise by the three seals of the dharmaMore compressed · supplies the sense 「唯犢子部執有實我」 tr. “only the Vātsīputrīyas grasp that there is a real self”Glosses the school’s name word by word · supplies besides a phonetic-and-semantic noteDifferent approaches
Chapter-level main outlineMain text twofold · several refutations threefold · each refutation in the same three-part patternTwofold · proper refutation threefold · says expressly that it cannot be divided into threeTwofold · proper refutation in six divisions (seventeen lines / three lines)All three adjudge a twofold division while their finer divisions diverge
Labeling of speakersMarks 「犢子部問」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīyas ask” and 「先述犢子部宗」 tr. “first stating the tenet of the Vātsīputrīyas”Marks 「犢子部引經難」 tr. “the Vātsīputrīyas cite a sūtra to object” and 「總非前所引經」 tr. “altogether denying the sūtras cited above”Marks the questions sentence by sentence · the finestA difference of density
The Nāgasena passageZero occurrence of the personal namesZero occurrence of the personal namesMarks it alone and retells itThe handling of a narrative interlude
Kumāralāta’s stanzaExpressly attributes it to the Sautrāntika masterNot foundExpressly attributes it to the Sautrāntika masterTwo of them adjudge alike
The hard constraint on the stanza countNo sentence giving stanza counts passage by passageGives 「自下三頌」 tr. “below, three stanzas” for exhorting to study and handing onGives the full table of 「十七行/三行」 tr. “seventeen lines / three lines”Yuanhui alone is strong here
Shentai’s commentaryWholly lacking for this chapter · not even the attestation of the conspectus

Within the bounds of this unit the three commentaries have no doctrinal divergence in content (all following Vasubandhu’s treatise), and what differs is only the detail of the pedagogical scaffolding and the density of the labeling of speakers. No adjudication of merit is made. The adjudications of the three commentaries and the choices among their divergences belong separately to the section of further resonances in the exposition layer.


VII. Cross-Reading with the Yogācāra Root Lineage

What this unit refutes is “a real self apart from the aggregates,” and its positive sense (that without a self the continuum of action and fruit is established, and recollection and recognition are established) has coordinates in the Yogācāra root lineage that could be read in parallel; yet what this item can attach is limited to what has a word-for-word anchor. Upon a word-for-word check, for the sentences of this treatise within the bounds of this unit and the corresponding passages of the Yogācāra root lineage no anchor has been obtained that can be attached word for word — this chapter is purely a disputational form refuting other schools, and its wording (the pudgala being inexpressible · an activity awaiting one who is active · the self conjoined with mind) is all set up in response to what the other schools posit, and cannot be matched directly against the defining sentences of that system.

The lack is recorded as it stands, and nothing is supplied. The choice and the leaning of such links belong to doctrinal adjudication; should an anchor attestable word for word be obtained hereafter, the attachment will then be supplied.


VIII. Translation History

  • Xuanzang’s new translation (the base text here): the Kaiyuan Catalogue of the Teachings records 「阿毘達磨俱舍論三十卷」 tr. “the Abhidharmakośa, thirty fascicles”〔T55n2154 0557a22〕, its interlinear note reading word for word 「第二出與真諦出者同本永徽二年五月十日於大慈恩寺翻經院譯至五年七月二十七日畢沙門元瑜筆受」 tr. “the second issuing, of the same original as the one issued by Paramārtha; translated at the Scripture-Translating Cloister of the Great Ci’en Monastery beginning on the tenth day of the fifth month of the second year of Yonghui and finished on the twenty-seventh day of the seventh month of the fifth year; the śramaṇa Yuanyu took it down”〔T55n2154 0557a22〕. This unit’s chapter title 「破執我品第九之一」 tr. “Chapter Nine, Refutation of the Grasped Self, part one”〔T29 0152b23〕· the Fascicle Thirty title〔T29 0155a21〕· the continued chapter title 「破執我品第九之二」 tr. “Chapter Nine, Refutation of the Grasped Self, part two”〔T29 0155a25〕.
  • Paramārtha’s earlier translation (the collational witness): the Kaiyuan Catalogue of the Teachings, in its classification of the treatise basket, gives 「阿毘達磨俱舍釋論二十二卷陳天竺三藏真諦譯」 tr. “the Expository Treatise on the Treasury of Abhidharma, twenty-two fascicles, translated by the Indian Tripiṭaka Master Paramārtha of the Chen”〔T55n2154 0620c17〕, Xuanzang’s text being recorded after it as 「阿毘達磨俱舍論三十卷大唐三藏玄奘譯」 tr. “the Abhidharmakośa, thirty fascicles, translated by the Tripiṭaka Master Xuanzang of the Great Tang”〔T55n2154 0620c22〕. This chapter in Paramārtha’s text is titled 「破說我品第九」 tr. “Chapter Nine, Refutation of the Self That Is Spoken Of”〔T29n1559 0304a17〕, standing in his Fascicle Twenty-Two, and is likewise the last chapter of his book.
  • The translation of the two treatises of debate: the Kaiyuan Catalogue of the Teachings gives 「阿毘達磨順正理論八十卷大唐三藏玄奘譯」 tr. “the Abhidharma Treatise Conforming to Correct Principle, eighty fascicles, translated by the Tripiṭaka Master Xuanzang of the Great Tang”〔T55n2154 0620c25〕·「阿毘達磨顯宗論四十卷大唐三藏玄奘譯」 tr. “the Abhidharma Treatise Revealing the Doctrine, forty fascicles, translated by the Tripiṭaka Master Xuanzang of the Great Tang”〔T55n2154 0620c27〕, and concludes 「右二部論與俱舍論頌同釋異並眾賢造」 tr. “the two treatises above share the stanzas of the Abhidharmakośa and differ in explanation, and both are composed by Saṅghabhadra”〔T55n2154 0621a01〕. The four words 「頌同釋異」 tr. “sharing the stanzas and differing in explanation” explain precisely why this chapter has no debate — the two treatises take the Kośa’s root stanzas and compose a separate prose commentary, and this chapter having no root stanzas, there were no stanzas to hang an explanation upon (see item five).
  • The occasion of the treatise’s composition: the Life of Master Vasubandhu records the form of his composing the treatise as 「立薩婆多義隨有僻處以經部義破之」 tr. “he sets up the Sarvāstivāda sense and, wherever there is a one-sided place, refutes it with the sense of the Sautrāntikas”〔T50n2049 0190b15〕. ⇒ The closing passage of this chapter (the continuum, transformation, and differentiation of action and its fruit · the simile of seed and fruit) is precisely a conspicuous instance of that form — on the one question of “how action and fruit are established without a self,” Vasubandhu gathers up the whole treatise by taking straight to the reasoning of continuum, transformation, and differentiation.
  • The lack in the separate edition of the root stanzas: T1560, the Root Stanzas of the Abhidharmakośa, has for the last chapter in its list 「分別定品第八」 tr. “Chapter Eight, Analysis of Absorption,” and the whole book does not include the Chapter on Refuting the Grasped Self — the adjudication that this chapter “has no root stanzas” takes this as its positive structural evidence. This attests only that “the separate edition of the root stanzas does not include it,” and does not attest that “Vasubandhu composed no root stanzas”; for the latter no attestation is to be had, and this item makes no assertion.
  • The order of the commentaries: Puguang’s Record T41n1821 (Puguang · principal) · Fabao’s Commentary T41n1822 (Fabao · secondary) · Yuanhui’s Verse Commentary T41n1823 (Yuanhui · outlining · the foremost witness for this chapter) · Shentai’s Commentary X53n0836 (fragmentary · wholly lacking for this chapter).

IX. Edition Location Register

  • Xuanzang T1558 (base text): chapter-title head 0152b23 · main text beginning 0152b24 · section ① 0152b24 · section ② 0152c09 · the simile of fire in dependence on firewood 0152c23 · the objection from being cognized by the six consciousnesses 0153b05 · the beginning of the proof from the sūtras, the 0153c domain · quoted stanza〔the stanza of Śailā〕0154b18 · quoted stanza〔the stanza to Batuoli〕0154b23 · section ②a 0154c02 · quoted stanza〔the simile of fire devouring〕0155a10 · quoted stanza〔the Buddhas of the three times〕0155a15 · the Fascicle Thirty title 0155a21 · the continued chapter title 0155a25 · section ②b 0155a26 · the Nāgasena passage 0155c17 · quoted stanza〔the tigress carrying her cub〕0156a13 · the stanza composed by the author 0156a18 · section ②c 0156a26 · section ②d 0157a10 · section ③ 0157b07 · quoted stanza〔the peacock’s tail〕0157c23 · section ④ 0157c26 · section ④a 0158c20 · quoted stanza〔action that is gravest and nearest arisen〕0159a12 · quoted stanza〔this action, this perfuming〕0159b07 · the three stanzas of seven characters 0159b09 · the end 0159b14.
  • Paramārtha T1559: chapter title 0304a17 · chapter domain 0304a17–0310c09 · the ten stanzas opening the chapter 0304a18 · the end of the ten stanzas 0304a22 · real and conventional existence 0304b10 · the simile of fire in dependence on firewood 0304b23 · the stanza of fire devouring everything and the stanza of the Buddhas of the three times 0306b22.
  • Saṅghabhadra T1562: wholly lacking — eight chapters stopping at the chapter analyzing absorption, with no counterpart to the Chapter on Refuting the Grasped Self (the chapter item itself is not set up). T1563: wholly lacking — nine chapters stopping at Chapter Nine, Analyzing Absorption (the chapter numbers being all one place later because a preface chapter stands at its head).
  • Puguang T41n1821〔Fascicle Thirty · head of the chapter 0438c15〕: 0438c16 · 0439b11 · 0439b14 · 0439b28 · 0439c18 · 0445b20 · 0448a25 · 0449a27. Domain 0438c15–0452b02.
  • Fabao T41n1822〔Fascicle Thirty · head of the chapter 0803b14〕: 0803b22 · 0803c20 · 0805c03 · 0806a14 · 0812b11. Domain 0803b14–0812b25.
  • Yuanhui T41n1823〔Fascicle Thirty · head of the chapter 0978a09〕: 0978a10 · 0978b28 · 0979b04 · 0979b21 · 0979b28 · 0979c11 · 0979c19 · 0979c29. Domain 0978a09–0981c07.
  • Shentai X53n0836: wholly lacking for this chapter — the chapter list ending at Chapter Six, Analysis of the Worthy and the Noble, part three; and not even the attestation of a stanza count in the conspectus of Fascicle One (the conspectus stopping at thirty-nine lines for the chapter on absorption).
  • T1560, the separate edition of the root stanzas: the last chapter in its list is Chapter Eight, Analysis of Absorption · the whole book does not include this chapter.
  • Anchors for cross-reading with the Yogācāra system: lacking for this unit (no anchor attestable word for word has been obtained · nothing is supplied).
  • Catalogues · biographies: T55n2154 0557a22 · 0620c17 · 0620c22 · 0620c25 · 0620c27 · 0621a01; T50n2049 0190b15.
  • Collation: this chapter has fifty-eight <app> anchors = forty-eight divergent readings (fully enumerated · six merged as duplicates) + four cross-references to other canons (three CBETA emendations · one collational divergence · marked with ⟨CB⟩ and in separate tables · not counted among the divergent readings) + zero without a witness. No case for emending the base text.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing — with AI-assisted rendering, translator-ruled

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0